1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 #include "version.h" 16 17 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 18 # include <float.h> 19 #endif 20 21 static int linelen(int *has_tab); 22 static void do_filter(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out); 23 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 24 static char_u *viminfo_filename(char_u *); 25 static void do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags); 26 static int viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp); 27 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks(vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing); 28 #endif 29 30 static int check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf); 31 static void delbuf_msg(char_u *name); 32 static int 33 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 34 _RTLENTRYF 35 #endif 36 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2); 37 static void prepare_help_buffer(void); 38 39 /* 40 * ":ascii" and "ga". 41 */ 42 void 43 do_ascii(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 44 { 45 int c; 46 int cval; 47 char buf1[20]; 48 char buf2[20]; 49 char_u buf3[7]; 50 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 51 char_u *dig; 52 #endif 53 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 54 int cc[MAX_MCO]; 55 int ci = 0; 56 int len; 57 58 if (enc_utf8) 59 c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc); 60 else 61 #endif 62 c = gchar_cursor(); 63 if (c == NUL) 64 { 65 MSG("NUL"); 66 return; 67 } 68 69 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 70 IObuff[0] = NUL; 71 if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80) 72 #endif 73 { 74 if (c == NL) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 75 c = NUL; 76 if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC) 77 cval = NL; /* NL is stored as CR */ 78 else 79 cval = c; 80 if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' ' 81 #ifndef EBCDIC 82 || c > '~' 83 #endif 84 )) 85 { 86 transchar_nonprint(buf3, c); 87 vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), " <%s>", (char *)buf3); 88 } 89 else 90 buf1[0] = NUL; 91 #ifndef EBCDIC 92 if (c >= 0x80) 93 vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), " <M-%s>", 94 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f)); 95 else 96 #endif 97 buf2[0] = NUL; 98 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 99 dig = get_digraph_for_char(cval); 100 if (dig != NULL) 101 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 102 _("<%s>%s%s %d, Hex %02x, Oct %03o, Digr %s"), 103 transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval, dig); 104 else 105 #endif 106 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 107 _("<%s>%s%s %d, Hex %02x, Octal %03o"), 108 transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval); 109 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 110 if (enc_utf8) 111 c = cc[ci++]; 112 else 113 c = 0; 114 #endif 115 } 116 117 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 118 /* Repeat for combining characters. */ 119 while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80))) 120 { 121 len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff); 122 /* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */ 123 if (len > 0) 124 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 125 IObuff[len++] = '<'; 126 if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c) 127 # ifdef USE_GUI 128 && !gui.in_use 129 # endif 130 ) 131 IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */ 132 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len); 133 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 134 dig = get_digraph_for_char(c); 135 if (dig != NULL) 136 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len, 137 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Oct %o, Digr %s") 138 : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Oct %o, Digr %s"), 139 c, c, c, dig); 140 else 141 #endif 142 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len, 143 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o") 144 : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"), 145 c, c, c); 146 if (ci == MAX_MCO) 147 break; 148 if (enc_utf8) 149 c = cc[ci++]; 150 else 151 c = 0; 152 } 153 #endif 154 155 msg(IObuff); 156 } 157 158 /* 159 * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text. 160 */ 161 void 162 ex_align(exarg_T *eap) 163 { 164 pos_T save_curpos; 165 int len; 166 int indent = 0; 167 int new_indent; 168 int has_tab; 169 int width; 170 171 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 172 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 173 { 174 /* switch left and right aligning */ 175 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right) 176 eap->cmdidx = CMD_left; 177 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) 178 eap->cmdidx = CMD_right; 179 } 180 #endif 181 182 width = atoi((char *)eap->arg); 183 save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; 184 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* width is used for new indent */ 185 { 186 if (width >= 0) 187 indent = width; 188 } 189 else 190 { 191 /* 192 * if 'textwidth' set, use it 193 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it 194 * if invalid value, use 80 195 */ 196 if (width <= 0) 197 width = curbuf->b_p_tw; 198 if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0) 199 width = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm; 200 if (width <= 0) 201 width = 80; 202 } 203 204 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 205 return; 206 207 for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 208 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 209 { 210 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* left align */ 211 new_indent = indent; 212 else 213 { 214 has_tab = FALSE; /* avoid uninit warnings */ 215 len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab 216 : NULL) - get_indent(); 217 218 if (len <= 0) /* skip blank lines */ 219 continue; 220 221 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center) 222 new_indent = (width - len) / 2; 223 else 224 { 225 new_indent = width - len; /* right align */ 226 227 /* 228 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far 229 * to the right. 230 */ 231 if (has_tab) 232 while (new_indent > 0) 233 { 234 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); 235 if (linelen(NULL) <= width) 236 { 237 /* 238 * Now try to move the line as much as possible to 239 * the right. Stop when it moves too far. 240 */ 241 do 242 (void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0); 243 while (linelen(NULL) <= width); 244 --new_indent; 245 break; 246 } 247 --new_indent; 248 } 249 } 250 } 251 if (new_indent < 0) 252 new_indent = 0; 253 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); /* set indent */ 254 } 255 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L); 256 curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos; 257 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 258 } 259 260 /* 261 * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space. 262 */ 263 static int 264 linelen(int *has_tab) 265 { 266 char_u *line; 267 char_u *first; 268 char_u *last; 269 int save; 270 int len; 271 272 /* find the first non-blank character */ 273 line = ml_get_curline(); 274 first = skipwhite(line); 275 276 /* find the character after the last non-blank character */ 277 for (last = first + STRLEN(first); 278 last > first && VIM_ISWHITE(last[-1]); --last) 279 ; 280 save = *last; 281 *last = NUL; 282 len = linetabsize(line); /* get line length */ 283 if (has_tab != NULL) /* check for embedded TAB */ 284 *has_tab = (vim_strchr(first, TAB) != NULL); 285 *last = save; 286 287 return len; 288 } 289 290 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting. They are allocated to 291 * contain the longest line being sorted. */ 292 static char_u *sortbuf1; 293 static char_u *sortbuf2; 294 295 static int sort_ic; /* ignore case */ 296 static int sort_nr; /* sort on number */ 297 static int sort_rx; /* sort on regex instead of skipping it */ 298 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 299 static int sort_flt; /* sort on floating number */ 300 #endif 301 302 static int sort_abort; /* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */ 303 304 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */ 305 typedef struct 306 { 307 linenr_T lnum; /* line number */ 308 union { 309 struct 310 { 311 varnumber_T start_col_nr; /* starting column number */ 312 varnumber_T end_col_nr; /* ending column number */ 313 } line; 314 varnumber_T value; /* value if sorting by integer */ 315 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 316 float_T value_flt; /* value if sorting by float */ 317 #endif 318 } st_u; 319 } sorti_T; 320 321 static int 322 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 323 _RTLENTRYF 324 #endif 325 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2); 326 327 static int 328 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 329 _RTLENTRYF 330 #endif 331 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2) 332 { 333 sorti_T l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1; 334 sorti_T l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2; 335 int result = 0; 336 337 /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but 338 * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and 339 * exit. */ 340 if (sort_abort) 341 return 0; 342 fast_breakcheck(); 343 if (got_int) 344 sort_abort = TRUE; 345 346 /* When sorting numbers "start_col_nr" is the number, not the column 347 * number. */ 348 if (sort_nr) 349 result = l1.st_u.value == l2.st_u.value ? 0 350 : l1.st_u.value > l2.st_u.value ? 1 : -1; 351 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 352 else if (sort_flt) 353 result = l1.st_u.value_flt == l2.st_u.value_flt ? 0 354 : l1.st_u.value_flt > l2.st_u.value_flt ? 1 : -1; 355 #endif 356 else 357 { 358 /* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no 359 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the 360 * second one. */ 361 STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr, 362 l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1); 363 sortbuf1[l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0; 364 STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr, 365 l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1); 366 sortbuf2[l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0; 367 368 result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2) 369 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2); 370 } 371 372 /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */ 373 if (result == 0) 374 return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum); 375 return result; 376 } 377 378 /* 379 * ":sort". 380 */ 381 void 382 ex_sort(exarg_T *eap) 383 { 384 regmatch_T regmatch; 385 int len; 386 linenr_T lnum; 387 long maxlen = 0; 388 sorti_T *nrs; 389 size_t count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1); 390 size_t i; 391 char_u *p; 392 char_u *s; 393 char_u *s2; 394 char_u c; /* temporary character storage */ 395 int unique = FALSE; 396 long deleted; 397 colnr_T start_col; 398 colnr_T end_col; 399 int sort_what = 0; 400 int format_found = 0; 401 int change_occurred = FALSE; // Buffer contents changed. 402 403 /* Sorting one line is really quick! */ 404 if (count <= 1) 405 return; 406 407 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 408 return; 409 sortbuf1 = NULL; 410 sortbuf2 = NULL; 411 regmatch.regprog = NULL; 412 nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE); 413 if (nrs == NULL) 414 goto sortend; 415 416 sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = 0; 417 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 418 sort_flt = 0; 419 #endif 420 421 for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p) 422 { 423 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 424 ; 425 else if (*p == 'i') 426 sort_ic = TRUE; 427 else if (*p == 'r') 428 sort_rx = TRUE; 429 else if (*p == 'n') 430 { 431 sort_nr = 1; 432 ++format_found; 433 } 434 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 435 else if (*p == 'f') 436 { 437 sort_flt = 1; 438 ++format_found; 439 } 440 #endif 441 else if (*p == 'b') 442 { 443 sort_what = STR2NR_BIN + STR2NR_FORCE; 444 ++format_found; 445 } 446 else if (*p == 'o') 447 { 448 sort_what = STR2NR_OCT + STR2NR_FORCE; 449 ++format_found; 450 } 451 else if (*p == 'x') 452 { 453 sort_what = STR2NR_HEX + STR2NR_FORCE; 454 ++format_found; 455 } 456 else if (*p == 'u') 457 unique = TRUE; 458 else if (*p == '"') /* comment start */ 459 break; 460 else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL) 461 { 462 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 463 break; 464 } 465 else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL) 466 { 467 s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL); 468 if (*s != *p) 469 { 470 EMSG(_(e_invalpat)); 471 goto sortend; 472 } 473 *s = NUL; 474 /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */ 475 if (s == p + 1) 476 { 477 if (last_search_pat() == NULL) 478 { 479 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); 480 goto sortend; 481 } 482 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC); 483 } 484 else 485 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC); 486 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 487 goto sortend; 488 p = s; /* continue after the regexp */ 489 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 490 } 491 else 492 { 493 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 494 goto sortend; 495 } 496 } 497 498 /* Can only have one of 'n', 'b', 'o' and 'x'. */ 499 if (format_found > 1) 500 { 501 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 502 goto sortend; 503 } 504 505 /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any integer number 506 * sorting. */ 507 sort_nr += sort_what; 508 509 /* 510 * Make an array with all line numbers. This avoids having to copy all 511 * the lines into allocated memory. 512 * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for 513 * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on. This means the pattern 514 * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line. 515 * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf". 516 */ 517 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) 518 { 519 s = ml_get(lnum); 520 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 521 if (maxlen < len) 522 maxlen = len; 523 524 start_col = 0; 525 end_col = len; 526 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, s, 0)) 527 { 528 if (sort_rx) 529 { 530 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s); 531 end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); 532 } 533 else 534 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); 535 } 536 else 537 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 538 end_col = 0; 539 540 if (sort_nr 541 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 542 || sort_flt 543 #endif 544 ) 545 { 546 /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end 547 * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */ 548 s2 = s + end_col; 549 c = *s2; 550 *s2 = NUL; 551 /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */ 552 p = s + start_col; 553 if (sort_nr) 554 { 555 if (sort_what & STR2NR_HEX) 556 s = skiptohex(p); 557 else if (sort_what & STR2NR_BIN) 558 s = skiptobin(p); 559 else 560 s = skiptodigit(p); 561 if (s > p && s[-1] == '-') 562 --s; /* include preceding negative sign */ 563 if (*s == NUL) 564 /* empty line should sort before any number */ 565 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value = -MAXLNUM; 566 else 567 vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_what, 568 &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value, NULL, 0); 569 } 570 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 571 else 572 { 573 s = skipwhite(p); 574 if (*s == '+') 575 s = skipwhite(s + 1); 576 577 if (*s == NUL) 578 /* empty line should sort before any number */ 579 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = -DBL_MAX; 580 else 581 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = 582 strtod((char *)s, NULL); 583 } 584 #endif 585 *s2 = c; 586 } 587 else 588 { 589 /* Store the column to sort at. */ 590 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.start_col_nr = start_col; 591 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.end_col_nr = end_col; 592 } 593 594 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum; 595 596 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 597 fast_breakcheck(); 598 if (got_int) 599 goto sortend; 600 } 601 602 /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */ 603 sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); 604 if (sortbuf1 == NULL) 605 goto sortend; 606 sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); 607 if (sortbuf2 == NULL) 608 goto sortend; 609 610 /* Sort the array of line numbers. Note: can't be interrupted! */ 611 qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare); 612 613 if (sort_abort) 614 goto sortend; 615 616 /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */ 617 lnum = eap->line2; 618 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) 619 { 620 linenr_T get_lnum = nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum; 621 622 // If the original line number of the line being placed is not the same 623 // as "lnum" (accounting for offset), we know that the buffer changed. 624 if (get_lnum + ((linenr_T)count - 1) != lnum) 625 change_occurred = TRUE; 626 627 s = ml_get(get_lnum); 628 if (!unique || i == 0 629 || (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0) 630 { 631 // Copy the line into a buffer, it may become invalid in 632 // ml_append(). And it's needed for "unique". 633 STRCPY(sortbuf1, s); 634 if (ml_append(lnum++, sortbuf1, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL) 635 break; 636 } 637 fast_breakcheck(); 638 if (got_int) 639 goto sortend; 640 } 641 642 /* delete the original lines if appending worked */ 643 if (i == count) 644 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) 645 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); 646 else 647 count = 0; 648 649 /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */ 650 deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2)); 651 if (deleted > 0) 652 mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted); 653 else if (deleted < 0) 654 mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L); 655 656 if (change_occurred || deleted != 0) 657 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted); 658 659 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 660 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 661 662 sortend: 663 vim_free(nrs); 664 vim_free(sortbuf1); 665 vim_free(sortbuf2); 666 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 667 if (got_int) 668 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 669 } 670 671 /* 672 * ":retab". 673 */ 674 void 675 ex_retab(exarg_T *eap) 676 { 677 linenr_T lnum; 678 int got_tab = FALSE; 679 long num_spaces = 0; 680 long num_tabs; 681 long len; 682 long col; 683 long vcol; 684 long start_col = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ 685 long start_vcol = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ 686 long old_len; 687 char_u *ptr; 688 char_u *new_line = (char_u *)1; /* init to non-NULL */ 689 int did_undo; /* called u_save for current line */ 690 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 691 int *new_vts_array = NULL; 692 char_u *new_ts_str; /* string value of tab argument */ 693 #else 694 int temp; 695 int new_ts; 696 #endif 697 int save_list; 698 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ 699 linenr_T last_line = 0; /* last changed line */ 700 701 save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 702 curwin->w_p_list = 0; /* don't want list mode here */ 703 704 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 705 new_ts_str = eap->arg; 706 if (!tabstop_set(eap->arg, &new_vts_array)) 707 return; 708 while (vim_isdigit(*(eap->arg)) || *(eap->arg) == ',') 709 ++(eap->arg); 710 711 // This ensures that either new_vts_array and new_ts_str are freshly 712 // allocated, or new_vts_array points to an existing array and new_ts_str 713 // is null. 714 if (new_vts_array == NULL) 715 { 716 new_vts_array = curbuf->b_p_vts_array; 717 new_ts_str = NULL; 718 } 719 else 720 new_ts_str = vim_strnsave(new_ts_str, eap->arg - new_ts_str); 721 #else 722 new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg)); 723 if (new_ts < 0) 724 { 725 EMSG(_(e_positive)); 726 return; 727 } 728 if (new_ts == 0) 729 new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts; 730 #endif 731 for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) 732 { 733 ptr = ml_get(lnum); 734 col = 0; 735 vcol = 0; 736 did_undo = FALSE; 737 for (;;) 738 { 739 if (VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[col])) 740 { 741 if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0) 742 { 743 /* First consecutive white-space */ 744 start_vcol = vcol; 745 start_col = col; 746 } 747 if (ptr[col] == ' ') 748 num_spaces++; 749 else 750 got_tab = TRUE; 751 } 752 else 753 { 754 if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1)) 755 { 756 /* Retabulate this string of white-space */ 757 758 /* len is virtual length of white string */ 759 len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol; 760 num_tabs = 0; 761 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) 762 { 763 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 764 int t, s; 765 766 tabstop_fromto(start_vcol, vcol, 767 curbuf->b_p_ts, new_vts_array, &t, &s); 768 num_tabs = t; 769 num_spaces = s; 770 #else 771 temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts); 772 if (num_spaces >= temp) 773 { 774 num_spaces -= temp; 775 num_tabs++; 776 } 777 num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts; 778 num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts; 779 #endif 780 } 781 if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab || 782 (num_spaces + num_tabs < len)) 783 { 784 if (did_undo == FALSE) 785 { 786 did_undo = TRUE; 787 if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1), 788 (linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 789 { 790 new_line = NULL; /* flag out-of-memory */ 791 break; 792 } 793 } 794 795 /* len is actual number of white characters used */ 796 len = num_spaces + num_tabs; 797 old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr); 798 new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1, 799 TRUE); 800 if (new_line == NULL) 801 break; 802 if (start_col > 0) 803 mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col); 804 mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len, 805 ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1)); 806 ptr = new_line + start_col; 807 for (col = 0; col < len; col++) 808 ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' '; 809 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); 810 if (first_line == 0) 811 first_line = lnum; 812 last_line = lnum; 813 ptr = new_line; 814 col = start_col + len; 815 } 816 } 817 got_tab = FALSE; 818 num_spaces = 0; 819 } 820 if (ptr[col] == NUL) 821 break; 822 vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol); 823 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 824 if (has_mbyte) 825 col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col); 826 else 827 #endif 828 ++col; 829 } 830 if (new_line == NULL) /* out of memory */ 831 break; 832 line_breakcheck(); 833 } 834 if (got_int) 835 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 836 837 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 838 // If a single value was given then it can be considered equal to 839 // either the value of 'tabstop' or the value of 'vartabstop'. 840 if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) == 0 841 && tabstop_count(new_vts_array) == 1 842 && curbuf->b_p_ts == tabstop_first(new_vts_array)) 843 ; /* not changed */ 844 else if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) > 0 845 && tabstop_eq(curbuf->b_p_vts_array, new_vts_array)) 846 ; /* not changed */ 847 else 848 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 849 #else 850 if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts) 851 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 852 #endif 853 if (first_line != 0) 854 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L); 855 856 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; /* restore 'list' */ 857 858 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 859 if (new_ts_str != NULL) /* set the new tabstop */ 860 { 861 // If 'vartabstop' is in use or if the value given to retab has more 862 // than one tabstop then update 'vartabstop'. 863 int *old_vts_ary = curbuf->b_p_vts_array; 864 865 if (tabstop_count(old_vts_ary) > 0 || tabstop_count(new_vts_array) > 1) 866 { 867 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"vts", -1, new_ts_str, 868 OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 869 curbuf->b_p_vts_array = new_vts_array; 870 vim_free(old_vts_ary); 871 } 872 else 873 { 874 // 'vartabstop' wasn't in use and a single value was given to 875 // retab then update 'tabstop'. 876 curbuf->b_p_ts = tabstop_first(new_vts_array); 877 vim_free(new_vts_array); 878 } 879 vim_free(new_ts_str); 880 } 881 #else 882 curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts; 883 #endif 884 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 885 886 u_clearline(); 887 } 888 889 /* 890 * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest 891 * 892 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 893 */ 894 int 895 do_move(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T dest) 896 { 897 char_u *str; 898 linenr_T l; 899 linenr_T extra; /* Num lines added before line1 */ 900 linenr_T num_lines; /* Num lines moved */ 901 linenr_T last_line; /* Last line in file after adding new text */ 902 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 903 win_T *win; 904 tabpage_T *tp; 905 #endif 906 907 if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2) 908 { 909 EMSG(_("E134: Move lines into themselves")); 910 return FAIL; 911 } 912 913 num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1; 914 915 /* 916 * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb 917 * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses. 918 */ 919 if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL) 920 return FAIL; 921 for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++) 922 { 923 str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra)); 924 if (str != NULL) 925 { 926 ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 927 vim_free(str); 928 if (dest < line1) 929 extra++; 930 } 931 } 932 933 /* 934 * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our 935 * mark_adjust() calls. 936 * 937 * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the 938 * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks 939 * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added 940 * our new lines. 941 * 942 * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions 943 * (either forwards or backwards). 944 * 945 * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to 946 * their final destination at the new text position -- webb 947 */ 948 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 949 mark_adjust_nofold(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L); 950 if (dest >= line2) 951 { 952 mark_adjust_nofold(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L); 953 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 954 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) { 955 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 956 foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, line1, line2, dest); 957 } 958 #endif 959 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1; 960 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest; 961 } 962 else 963 { 964 mark_adjust_nofold(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L); 965 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 966 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) { 967 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 968 foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, dest + 1, line1 - 1, line2); 969 } 970 #endif 971 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1; 972 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines; 973 } 974 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 975 mark_adjust_nofold(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line, 976 -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L); 977 978 /* 979 * Now we delete the original text -- webb 980 */ 981 if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL) 982 return FAIL; 983 984 for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++) 985 ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE); 986 987 if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report) 988 smsg((char_u *)NGETTEXT("%ld line moved", "%ld lines moved", num_lines), 989 (long)num_lines); 990 991 /* 992 * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines. 993 */ 994 if (dest >= line1) 995 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest; 996 else 997 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1; 998 999 if (line1 < dest) 1000 { 1001 dest += num_lines + 1; 1002 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 1003 if (dest > last_line + 1) 1004 dest = last_line + 1; 1005 changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L); 1006 } 1007 else 1008 changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L); 1009 1010 return OK; 1011 } 1012 1013 /* 1014 * ":copy" 1015 */ 1016 void 1017 ex_copy(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T n) 1018 { 1019 linenr_T count; 1020 char_u *p; 1021 1022 count = line2 - line1 + 1; 1023 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1; 1024 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count; 1025 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 1026 1027 /* 1028 * there are three situations: 1029 * 1. destination is above line1 1030 * 2. destination is between line1 and line2 1031 * 3. destination is below line2 1032 * 1033 * n = destination (when starting) 1034 * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying) 1035 * line1 = start of source (while copying) 1036 * line2 = end of source (while copying) 1037 */ 1038 if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL) 1039 return; 1040 1041 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n; 1042 while (line1 <= line2) 1043 { 1044 /* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within 1045 * ml_append() */ 1046 p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1)); 1047 if (p != NULL) 1048 { 1049 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 1050 vim_free(p); 1051 } 1052 /* situation 2: skip already copied lines */ 1053 if (line1 == n) 1054 line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1055 ++line1; 1056 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1) 1057 ++line1; 1058 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2) 1059 ++line2; 1060 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1061 } 1062 1063 appended_lines_mark(n, count); 1064 1065 msgmore((long)count); 1066 } 1067 1068 static char_u *prevcmd = NULL; /* the previous command */ 1069 1070 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 1071 void 1072 free_prev_shellcmd(void) 1073 { 1074 vim_free(prevcmd); 1075 } 1076 #endif 1077 1078 /* 1079 * Handle the ":!cmd" command. Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd" 1080 * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command. 1081 * Remember the argument. 1082 */ 1083 void 1084 do_bang( 1085 int addr_count, 1086 exarg_T *eap, 1087 int forceit, 1088 int do_in, 1089 int do_out) 1090 { 1091 char_u *arg = eap->arg; /* command */ 1092 linenr_T line1 = eap->line1; /* start of range */ 1093 linenr_T line2 = eap->line2; /* end of range */ 1094 char_u *newcmd = NULL; /* the new command */ 1095 int free_newcmd = FALSE; /* need to free() newcmd */ 1096 int ins_prevcmd; 1097 char_u *t; 1098 char_u *p; 1099 char_u *trailarg; 1100 int len; 1101 int scroll_save = msg_scroll; 1102 1103 /* 1104 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". 1105 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for 1106 * security reasons. 1107 */ 1108 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 1109 return; 1110 1111 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ 1112 { 1113 msg_scroll = FALSE; /* don't scroll here */ 1114 autowrite_all(); 1115 msg_scroll = scroll_save; 1116 } 1117 1118 /* 1119 * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args] 1120 * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable) 1121 */ 1122 ins_prevcmd = forceit; 1123 trailarg = arg; 1124 do 1125 { 1126 len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1; 1127 if (newcmd != NULL) 1128 len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd); 1129 if (ins_prevcmd) 1130 { 1131 if (prevcmd == NULL) 1132 { 1133 EMSG(_(e_noprev)); 1134 vim_free(newcmd); 1135 return; 1136 } 1137 len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd); 1138 } 1139 if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL) 1140 { 1141 vim_free(newcmd); 1142 return; 1143 } 1144 *t = NUL; 1145 if (newcmd != NULL) 1146 STRCAT(t, newcmd); 1147 if (ins_prevcmd) 1148 STRCAT(t, prevcmd); 1149 p = t + STRLEN(t); 1150 STRCAT(t, trailarg); 1151 vim_free(newcmd); 1152 newcmd = t; 1153 1154 /* 1155 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the 1156 * previous command. "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible). 1157 */ 1158 trailarg = NULL; 1159 while (*p) 1160 { 1161 if (*p == '!') 1162 { 1163 if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\') 1164 STRMOVE(p - 1, p); 1165 else 1166 { 1167 trailarg = p; 1168 *trailarg++ = NUL; 1169 ins_prevcmd = TRUE; 1170 break; 1171 } 1172 } 1173 ++p; 1174 } 1175 } while (trailarg != NULL); 1176 1177 vim_free(prevcmd); 1178 prevcmd = newcmd; 1179 1180 if (bangredo) /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */ 1181 { 1182 /* If % or # appears in the command, it must have been escaped. 1183 * Reescape them, so that redoing them does not substitute them by the 1184 * buffername. */ 1185 char_u *cmd = vim_strsave_escaped(prevcmd, (char_u *)"%#"); 1186 1187 if (cmd != NULL) 1188 { 1189 AppendToRedobuffLit(cmd, -1); 1190 vim_free(cmd); 1191 } 1192 else 1193 AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1); 1194 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n"); 1195 bangredo = FALSE; 1196 } 1197 /* 1198 * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them. 1199 */ 1200 if (*p_shq != NUL) 1201 { 1202 newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1)); 1203 if (newcmd == NULL) 1204 return; 1205 STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq); 1206 STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd); 1207 STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq); 1208 free_newcmd = TRUE; 1209 } 1210 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ 1211 { 1212 /* echo the command */ 1213 msg_start(); 1214 msg_putchar(':'); 1215 msg_putchar('!'); 1216 msg_outtrans(newcmd); 1217 msg_clr_eos(); 1218 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 1219 1220 do_shell(newcmd, 0); 1221 } 1222 else /* :range! */ 1223 { 1224 /* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of 1225 * autocommands) */ 1226 do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out); 1227 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1228 } 1229 if (free_newcmd) 1230 vim_free(newcmd); 1231 } 1232 1233 /* 1234 * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user 1235 * 1236 * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would 1237 * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable 1238 * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able 1239 * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking 1240 * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the 1241 * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell() 1242 * do this. 1243 * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both, 1244 * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes. 1245 * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE. 1246 * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE. 1247 */ 1248 static void 1249 do_filter( 1250 linenr_T line1, 1251 linenr_T line2, 1252 exarg_T *eap, /* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */ 1253 char_u *cmd, 1254 int do_in, 1255 int do_out) 1256 { 1257 char_u *itmp = NULL; 1258 char_u *otmp = NULL; 1259 linenr_T linecount; 1260 linenr_T read_linecount; 1261 pos_T cursor_save; 1262 char_u *cmd_buf; 1263 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 1264 int shell_flags = 0; 1265 1266 if (*cmd == NUL) /* no filter command */ 1267 return; 1268 1269 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; 1270 linecount = line2 - line1 + 1; 1271 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; 1272 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 1273 changed_line_abv_curs(); 1274 invalidate_botline(); 1275 1276 /* 1277 * When using temp files: 1278 * 1. * Form temp file names 1279 * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file 1280 * 3. Run the filter command on the temp file 1281 * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer 1282 * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered 1283 * 6. * Remove the temp files 1284 * 1285 * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a 1286 * pipe only need to do 3. 1287 */ 1288 1289 if (do_out) 1290 shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT; 1291 1292 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE 1293 if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) 1294 { 1295 /* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */ 1296 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ; 1297 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; 1298 } 1299 else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp) 1300 { 1301 /* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */ 1302 shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE; 1303 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; 1304 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 1305 } 1306 else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) 1307 { 1308 /* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not 1309 * use a temp file. */ 1310 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE; 1311 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; 1312 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 1313 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; 1314 } 1315 else 1316 #endif 1317 if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i', FALSE)) == NULL) 1318 || (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL)) 1319 { 1320 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); 1321 goto filterend; 1322 } 1323 1324 /* 1325 * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown. 1326 * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative. 1327 */ 1328 ++no_wait_return; /* don't call wait_return() while busy */ 1329 if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap, 1330 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1331 { 1332 msg_putchar('\n'); /* keep message from buf_write() */ 1333 --no_wait_return; 1334 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 1335 if (!aborting()) 1336 #endif 1337 (void)EMSG2(_(e_notcreate), itmp); /* will call wait_return */ 1338 goto filterend; 1339 } 1340 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1341 goto filterend; 1342 1343 if (!do_out) 1344 msg_putchar('\n'); 1345 1346 /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */ 1347 cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp); 1348 if (cmd_buf == NULL) 1349 goto filterend; 1350 1351 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); 1352 cursor_on(); 1353 1354 /* 1355 * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the 1356 * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by 1357 * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later. 1358 * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may 1359 * also mess up the screen, clear it later. 1360 */ 1361 if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in) 1362 redraw_later_clear(); 1363 1364 if (do_out) 1365 { 1366 if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 1367 { 1368 vim_free(cmd_buf); 1369 goto error; 1370 } 1371 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 1372 } 1373 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 1374 1375 /* 1376 * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a 1377 * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you 1378 * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use 1379 * 'u' to fix the text 1380 * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something 1381 * like ":r !cat" hangs. 1382 * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected. 1383 */ 1384 if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags)) 1385 { 1386 redraw_later_clear(); 1387 wait_return(FALSE); 1388 } 1389 vim_free(cmd_buf); 1390 1391 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 1392 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; 1393 1394 /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some 1395 * useful output. Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel 1396 * reading. */ 1397 ui_breakcheck(); 1398 got_int = FALSE; 1399 1400 if (do_out) 1401 { 1402 if (otmp != NULL) 1403 { 1404 if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1405 eap, READ_FILTER) != OK) 1406 { 1407 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 1408 if (!aborting()) 1409 #endif 1410 { 1411 msg_putchar('\n'); 1412 EMSG2(_(e_notread), otmp); 1413 } 1414 goto error; 1415 } 1416 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1417 goto filterend; 1418 } 1419 1420 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount; 1421 1422 if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ) 1423 { 1424 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1; 1425 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1426 appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount); 1427 } 1428 1429 if (do_in) 1430 { 1431 if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL) 1432 { 1433 if (read_linecount >= linecount) 1434 /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */ 1435 mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L); 1436 else 1437 { 1438 /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks 1439 * that are in deleted lines */ 1440 mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1, 1441 linecount, 0L); 1442 mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L); 1443 } 1444 } 1445 1446 /* 1447 * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd". 1448 * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()). 1449 */ 1450 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; 1451 del_lines(linecount, TRUE); 1452 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '[ */ 1453 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '] */ 1454 write_lnum_adjust(-linecount); /* adjust last line 1455 for next write */ 1456 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1457 foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum); 1458 #endif 1459 } 1460 else 1461 { 1462 /* 1463 * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd". 1464 */ 1465 linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1; 1466 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum; 1467 } 1468 1469 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); /* cursor on first non-blank */ 1470 --no_wait_return; 1471 1472 if (linecount > p_report) 1473 { 1474 if (do_in) 1475 { 1476 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 1477 _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount); 1478 if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll) 1479 /* save message to display it after redraw */ 1480 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); 1481 } 1482 else 1483 msgmore((long)linecount); 1484 } 1485 } 1486 else 1487 { 1488 error: 1489 /* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */ 1490 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; 1491 --no_wait_return; 1492 wait_return(FALSE); 1493 } 1494 1495 filterend: 1496 1497 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1498 { 1499 --no_wait_return; 1500 EMSG(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer")); 1501 } 1502 if (itmp != NULL) 1503 mch_remove(itmp); 1504 if (otmp != NULL) 1505 mch_remove(otmp); 1506 vim_free(itmp); 1507 vim_free(otmp); 1508 } 1509 1510 /* 1511 * Call a shell to execute a command. 1512 * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell. 1513 */ 1514 void 1515 do_shell( 1516 char_u *cmd, 1517 int flags) /* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */ 1518 { 1519 buf_T *buf; 1520 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1521 int save_nwr; 1522 #endif 1523 #ifdef MSWIN 1524 int winstart = FALSE; 1525 #endif 1526 1527 /* 1528 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". 1529 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for 1530 * security reasons. 1531 */ 1532 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 1533 { 1534 msg_end(); 1535 return; 1536 } 1537 1538 #ifdef MSWIN 1539 /* 1540 * Check if ":!start" is used. 1541 */ 1542 if (cmd != NULL) 1543 winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0); 1544 #endif 1545 1546 /* 1547 * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to 1548 * avoid having to type return below. 1549 */ 1550 msg_putchar('\r'); /* put cursor at start of line */ 1551 if (!autocmd_busy) 1552 { 1553 #ifdef MSWIN 1554 if (!winstart) 1555 #endif 1556 stoptermcap(); 1557 } 1558 #ifdef MSWIN 1559 if (!winstart) 1560 #endif 1561 msg_putchar('\n'); /* may shift screen one line up */ 1562 1563 /* warning message before calling the shell */ 1564 if (p_warn && !autocmd_busy && msg_silent == 0) 1565 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 1566 if (bufIsChangedNotTerm(buf)) 1567 { 1568 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1569 if (!winstart) 1570 starttermcap(); /* don't want a message box here */ 1571 #endif 1572 MSG_PUTS(_("[No write since last change]\n")); 1573 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1574 if (!winstart) 1575 stoptermcap(); 1576 #endif 1577 break; 1578 } 1579 1580 /* This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line 1581 * 1" command to the terminal. */ 1582 if (!swapping_screen()) 1583 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 1584 cursor_on(); 1585 (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags); 1586 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 1587 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; 1588 1589 /* 1590 * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return() 1591 * to overwrite the text that the external command showed 1592 */ 1593 if (!swapping_screen()) 1594 { 1595 msg_row = Rows - 1; 1596 msg_col = 0; 1597 } 1598 1599 if (autocmd_busy) 1600 { 1601 if (msg_silent == 0) 1602 redraw_later_clear(); 1603 } 1604 else 1605 { 1606 /* 1607 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw. 1608 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window). 1609 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants 1610 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return(). 1611 */ 1612 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1613 if (cmd == NULL 1614 # ifdef WIN3264 1615 || (winstart && !need_wait_return) 1616 # endif 1617 ) 1618 { 1619 if (msg_silent == 0) 1620 redraw_later_clear(); 1621 need_wait_return = FALSE; 1622 } 1623 else 1624 { 1625 /* 1626 * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we really 1627 * want to wait for "hit return to continue". 1628 */ 1629 save_nwr = no_wait_return; 1630 if (swapping_screen()) 1631 no_wait_return = FALSE; 1632 # ifdef AMIGA 1633 wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0); /* see below */ 1634 # else 1635 wait_return(msg_silent == 0); 1636 # endif 1637 no_wait_return = save_nwr; 1638 } 1639 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ 1640 1641 #ifdef MSWIN 1642 if (!winstart) /* if winstart==TRUE, never stopped termcap! */ 1643 #endif 1644 starttermcap(); /* start termcap if not done by wait_return() */ 1645 1646 /* 1647 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size. 1648 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the 1649 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the 1650 * screen. Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return(). THIS IS UGLY 1651 * but it saves an extra redraw. 1652 */ 1653 #ifdef AMIGA 1654 if (skip_redraw) /* ':' hit in wait_return() */ 1655 { 1656 if (msg_silent == 0) 1657 redraw_later_clear(); 1658 } 1659 else if (term_console) 1660 { 1661 OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q")); /* get window size */ 1662 if (got_int && msg_silent == 0) 1663 redraw_later_clear(); /* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */ 1664 else 1665 must_redraw = 0; /* no extra redraw needed */ 1666 } 1667 #endif 1668 } 1669 1670 /* display any error messages now */ 1671 display_errors(); 1672 1673 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1674 } 1675 1676 /* 1677 * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and 1678 * output redirection file. 1679 * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure. 1680 */ 1681 char_u * 1682 make_filter_cmd( 1683 char_u *cmd, /* command */ 1684 char_u *itmp, /* NULL or name of input file */ 1685 char_u *otmp) /* NULL or name of output file */ 1686 { 1687 char_u *buf; 1688 long_u len; 1689 1690 #if defined(UNIX) 1691 int is_fish_shell; 1692 char_u *shell_name = get_isolated_shell_name(); 1693 1694 /* Account for fish's different syntax for subshells */ 1695 is_fish_shell = (fnamecmp(shell_name, "fish") == 0); 1696 vim_free(shell_name); 1697 if (is_fish_shell) 1698 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 13; /* "begin; " + "; end" + NUL */ 1699 else 1700 #endif 1701 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3; /* "()" + NUL */ 1702 if (itmp != NULL) 1703 len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9; /* " { < " + " } " */ 1704 if (otmp != NULL) 1705 len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* " " */ 1706 buf = lalloc(len, TRUE); 1707 if (buf == NULL) 1708 return NULL; 1709 1710 #if defined(UNIX) 1711 /* 1712 * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when 1713 * redirecting input and/or output. 1714 */ 1715 if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL) 1716 { 1717 if (is_fish_shell) 1718 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "begin; %s; end", (char *)cmd); 1719 else 1720 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd); 1721 } 1722 else 1723 STRCPY(buf, cmd); 1724 if (itmp != NULL) 1725 { 1726 STRCAT(buf, " < "); 1727 STRCAT(buf, itmp); 1728 } 1729 #else 1730 /* 1731 * For shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow 1732 * the use of commands in a pipe. 1733 */ 1734 STRCPY(buf, cmd); 1735 if (itmp != NULL) 1736 { 1737 char_u *p; 1738 1739 /* 1740 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it. 1741 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the 1742 * redirection would be inside the quotes. 1743 */ 1744 if (*p_shq == NUL) 1745 { 1746 p = vim_strchr(buf, '|'); 1747 if (p != NULL) 1748 *p = NUL; 1749 } 1750 STRCAT(buf, " <"); /* " < " causes problems on Amiga */ 1751 STRCAT(buf, itmp); 1752 if (*p_shq == NUL) 1753 { 1754 p = vim_strchr(cmd, '|'); 1755 if (p != NULL) 1756 { 1757 STRCAT(buf, " "); /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */ 1758 STRCAT(buf, p); 1759 } 1760 } 1761 } 1762 #endif 1763 if (otmp != NULL) 1764 append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp); 1765 1766 return buf; 1767 } 1768 1769 /* 1770 * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer 1771 * "buf[buflen]" 1772 * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options. 1773 * The caller should make sure that there is enough room: 1774 * STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3 1775 */ 1776 void 1777 append_redir( 1778 char_u *buf, 1779 int buflen, 1780 char_u *opt, 1781 char_u *fname) 1782 { 1783 char_u *p; 1784 char_u *end; 1785 1786 end = buf + STRLEN(buf); 1787 /* find "%s" */ 1788 for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p) 1789 { 1790 if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */ 1791 break; 1792 if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */ 1793 ++p; 1794 } 1795 if (p != NULL) 1796 { 1797 *end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */ 1798 vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)), 1799 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); 1800 } 1801 else 1802 vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)), 1803 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 1804 " %s %s", 1805 #else 1806 " %s%s", /* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */ 1807 #endif 1808 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); 1809 } 1810 1811 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 1812 1813 static int no_viminfo(void); 1814 static int read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing); 1815 static void write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out); 1816 static void write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out); 1817 static int viminfo_errcnt; 1818 1819 static int 1820 no_viminfo(void) 1821 { 1822 /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */ 1823 return STRCMP(p_viminfofile, "NONE") == 0; 1824 } 1825 1826 /* 1827 * Report an error for reading a viminfo file. 1828 * Count the number of errors. When there are more than 10, return TRUE. 1829 */ 1830 int 1831 viminfo_error(char *errnum, char *message, char_u *line) 1832 { 1833 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "), 1834 errnum, message); 1835 STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1); 1836 if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n') 1837 IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL; 1838 emsg(IObuff); 1839 if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10) 1840 { 1841 EMSG(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file")); 1842 return TRUE; 1843 } 1844 return FALSE; 1845 } 1846 1847 /* 1848 * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file. Registers etc. which are already 1849 * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb 1850 */ 1851 int 1852 read_viminfo( 1853 char_u *file, /* file name or NULL to use default name */ 1854 int flags) /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */ 1855 { 1856 FILE *fp; 1857 char_u *fname; 1858 1859 if (no_viminfo()) 1860 return FAIL; 1861 1862 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* get file name in allocated buffer */ 1863 if (fname == NULL) 1864 return FAIL; 1865 fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); 1866 1867 if (p_verbose > 0) 1868 { 1869 verbose_enter(); 1870 smsg((char_u *)_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"), 1871 fname, 1872 (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "", 1873 (flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "", 1874 (flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "", 1875 fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : ""); 1876 verbose_leave(); 1877 } 1878 1879 vim_free(fname); 1880 if (fp == NULL) 1881 return FAIL; 1882 1883 viminfo_errcnt = 0; 1884 do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags); 1885 1886 fclose(fp); 1887 return OK; 1888 } 1889 1890 /* 1891 * Write the viminfo file. The old one is read in first so that effectively a 1892 * merge of current info and old info is done. This allows multiple vims to 1893 * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc. 1894 * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal 1895 * info is written to the file. 1896 */ 1897 void 1898 write_viminfo(char_u *file, int forceit) 1899 { 1900 char_u *fname; 1901 FILE *fp_in = NULL; /* input viminfo file, if any */ 1902 FILE *fp_out = NULL; /* output viminfo file */ 1903 char_u *tempname = NULL; /* name of temp viminfo file */ 1904 stat_T st_new; /* mch_stat() of potential new file */ 1905 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) 1906 mode_t umask_save; 1907 #endif 1908 #ifdef UNIX 1909 int shortname = FALSE; /* use 8.3 file name */ 1910 stat_T st_old; /* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */ 1911 #endif 1912 #ifdef WIN3264 1913 int hidden = FALSE; 1914 #endif 1915 1916 if (no_viminfo()) 1917 return; 1918 1919 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* may set to default if NULL */ 1920 if (fname == NULL) 1921 return; 1922 1923 fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); 1924 if (fp_in == NULL) 1925 { 1926 int fd; 1927 1928 /* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */ 1929 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0) 1930 goto end; 1931 1932 /* Create the new .viminfo non-accessible for others, because it may 1933 * contain text from non-accessible documents. It is up to the user to 1934 * widen access (e.g. to a group). This may also fail if there is a 1935 * race condition, then just give up. */ 1936 fd = mch_open((char *)fname, 1937 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600); 1938 if (fd < 0) 1939 goto end; 1940 fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN); 1941 } 1942 else 1943 { 1944 /* 1945 * There is an existing viminfo file. Create a temporary file to 1946 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the 1947 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed once all writing is 1948 * successful. 1949 */ 1950 #ifdef UNIX 1951 /* 1952 * For Unix we check the owner of the file. It's not very nice to 1953 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a 1954 * viminfo file that the user can't read. 1955 */ 1956 st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0; 1957 st_old.st_ino = 0; 1958 st_old.st_mode = 0600; 1959 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0 1960 && getuid() != ROOT_UID 1961 && !(st_old.st_uid == getuid() 1962 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0200) 1963 : (st_old.st_gid == getgid() 1964 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0020) 1965 : (st_old.st_mode & 0002)))) 1966 { 1967 int tt = msg_didany; 1968 1969 /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */ 1970 EMSG2(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname); 1971 msg_didany = tt; 1972 fclose(fp_in); 1973 goto end; 1974 } 1975 #endif 1976 #ifdef WIN3264 1977 /* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */ 1978 hidden = mch_ishidden(fname); 1979 #endif 1980 1981 /* 1982 * Make tempname, find one that does not exist yet. 1983 * Beware of a race condition: If someone logs out and all Vim 1984 * instances exit at the same time a temp file might be created between 1985 * stat() and open(). Use mch_open() with O_EXCL to avoid that. 1986 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in 1987 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem. 1988 */ 1989 for (;;) 1990 { 1991 int next_char = 'z'; 1992 char_u *wp; 1993 1994 tempname = buf_modname( 1995 #ifdef UNIX 1996 shortname, 1997 #else 1998 FALSE, 1999 #endif 2000 fname, 2001 #ifdef VMS 2002 (char_u *)"-tmp", 2003 #else 2004 (char_u *)".tmp", 2005 #endif 2006 FALSE); 2007 if (tempname == NULL) /* out of memory */ 2008 break; 2009 2010 /* 2011 * Try a series of names. Change one character, just before 2012 * the extension. This should also work for an 8.3 2013 * file name, when after adding the extension it still is 2014 * the same file as the original. 2015 */ 2016 wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5; 2017 if (wp < gettail(tempname)) /* empty file name? */ 2018 wp = gettail(tempname); 2019 for (;;) 2020 { 2021 /* 2022 * Check if tempfile already exists. Never overwrite an 2023 * existing file! 2024 */ 2025 if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0) 2026 { 2027 #ifdef UNIX 2028 /* 2029 * Check if tempfile is same as original file. May happen 2030 * when modname() gave the same file back. E.g. silly 2031 * link, or file name-length reached. Try again with 2032 * shortname set. 2033 */ 2034 if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev 2035 && st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino) 2036 { 2037 VIM_CLEAR(tempname); 2038 shortname = TRUE; 2039 break; 2040 } 2041 #endif 2042 } 2043 else 2044 { 2045 /* Try creating the file exclusively. This may fail if 2046 * another Vim tries to do it at the same time. */ 2047 #ifdef VMS 2048 /* fdopen() fails for some reason */ 2049 umask_save = umask(077); 2050 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); 2051 (void)umask(umask_save); 2052 #else 2053 int fd; 2054 2055 /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file 2056 * protection: 2057 * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit. Reset 2058 * umask to avoid it getting in the way. 2059 * Others: r&w for user only. */ 2060 # ifdef UNIX 2061 umask_save = umask(0); 2062 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, 2063 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 2064 (int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600)); 2065 (void)umask(umask_save); 2066 # else 2067 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, 2068 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600); 2069 # endif 2070 if (fd < 0) 2071 { 2072 fp_out = NULL; 2073 # ifdef EEXIST 2074 /* Avoid trying lots of names while the problem is lack 2075 * of premission, only retry if the file already 2076 * exists. */ 2077 if (errno != EEXIST) 2078 break; 2079 # endif 2080 } 2081 else 2082 fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN); 2083 #endif /* VMS */ 2084 if (fp_out != NULL) 2085 break; 2086 } 2087 2088 /* Assume file exists, try again with another name. */ 2089 if (next_char == 'a' - 1) 2090 { 2091 /* They all exist? Must be something wrong! Don't write 2092 * the viminfo file then. */ 2093 EMSG2(_("E929: Too many viminfo temp files, like %s!"), 2094 tempname); 2095 break; 2096 } 2097 *wp = next_char; 2098 --next_char; 2099 } 2100 2101 if (tempname != NULL) 2102 break; 2103 /* continue if shortname was set */ 2104 } 2105 2106 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) 2107 if (tempname != NULL && fp_out != NULL) 2108 { 2109 stat_T tmp_st; 2110 2111 /* 2112 * Make sure the original owner can read/write the tempfile and 2113 * otherwise preserve permissions, making sure the group matches. 2114 */ 2115 if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &tmp_st) >= 0) 2116 { 2117 if (st_old.st_uid != tmp_st.st_uid) 2118 /* Changing the owner might fail, in which case the 2119 * file will now owned by the current user, oh well. */ 2120 ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, -1); 2121 if (st_old.st_gid != tmp_st.st_gid 2122 && fchown(fileno(fp_out), -1, st_old.st_gid) == -1) 2123 /* can't set the group to what it should be, remove 2124 * group permissions */ 2125 (void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600); 2126 } 2127 else 2128 /* can't stat the file, set conservative permissions */ 2129 (void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600); 2130 } 2131 #endif 2132 } 2133 2134 /* 2135 * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to. 2136 */ 2137 if (fp_out == NULL) 2138 { 2139 EMSG2(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"), 2140 (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname); 2141 if (fp_in != NULL) 2142 fclose(fp_in); 2143 goto end; 2144 } 2145 2146 if (p_verbose > 0) 2147 { 2148 verbose_enter(); 2149 smsg((char_u *)_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname); 2150 verbose_leave(); 2151 } 2152 2153 viminfo_errcnt = 0; 2154 do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS)); 2155 2156 if (fclose(fp_out) == EOF) 2157 ++viminfo_errcnt; 2158 2159 if (fp_in != NULL) 2160 { 2161 fclose(fp_in); 2162 2163 /* In case of an error keep the original viminfo file. Otherwise 2164 * rename the newly written file. Give an error if that fails. */ 2165 if (viminfo_errcnt == 0) 2166 { 2167 if (vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1) 2168 { 2169 ++viminfo_errcnt; 2170 EMSG2(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname); 2171 } 2172 # ifdef WIN3264 2173 /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */ 2174 else if (hidden) 2175 mch_hide(fname); 2176 # endif 2177 } 2178 if (viminfo_errcnt > 0) 2179 mch_remove(tempname); 2180 } 2181 2182 end: 2183 vim_free(fname); 2184 vim_free(tempname); 2185 } 2186 2187 /* 2188 * Get the viminfo file name to use. 2189 * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by 2190 * cmdline functions). 2191 * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and 2192 * expand environment variables. 2193 * Returns an allocated string. NULL when out of memory. 2194 */ 2195 static char_u * 2196 viminfo_filename(char_u *file) 2197 { 2198 if (file == NULL || *file == NUL) 2199 { 2200 if (*p_viminfofile != NUL) 2201 file = p_viminfofile; 2202 else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL) 2203 { 2204 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2 2205 # ifdef VMS 2206 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL) 2207 # else 2208 # ifdef MSWIN 2209 /* Use $VIM only if $HOME is the default "C:/". */ 2210 if (STRCMP(vim_getenv((char_u *)"HOME", NULL), "C:/") == 0 2211 && mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL) 2212 # else 2213 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL) 2214 # endif 2215 # endif 2216 { 2217 /* don't use $VIM when not available. */ 2218 expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 2219 if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0) /* $VIM was expanded */ 2220 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2; 2221 else 2222 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; 2223 } 2224 else 2225 #endif 2226 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; 2227 } 2228 expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 2229 file = NameBuff; 2230 } 2231 return vim_strsave(file); 2232 } 2233 2234 /* 2235 * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo(). 2236 */ 2237 static void 2238 do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags) 2239 { 2240 int eof = FALSE; 2241 vir_T vir; 2242 int merge = FALSE; 2243 int do_copy_marks = FALSE; 2244 garray_T buflist; 2245 2246 if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL) 2247 return; 2248 vir.vir_fd = fp_in; 2249 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2250 vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; 2251 #endif 2252 ga_init2(&vir.vir_barlines, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); 2253 vir.vir_version = -1; 2254 2255 if (fp_in != NULL) 2256 { 2257 if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) 2258 { 2259 if (fp_out != NULL) 2260 { 2261 /* Registers and marks are read and kept separate from what 2262 * this Vim is using. They are merged when writing. */ 2263 prepare_viminfo_registers(); 2264 prepare_viminfo_marks(); 2265 } 2266 2267 eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir, 2268 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL); 2269 merge = TRUE; 2270 } 2271 else if (flags != 0) 2272 /* Skip info, find start of marks */ 2273 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir)) 2274 && vir.vir_line[0] != '>') 2275 ; 2276 2277 do_copy_marks = (flags & 2278 (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT)); 2279 } 2280 2281 if (fp_out != NULL) 2282 { 2283 /* Write the info: */ 2284 fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"), 2285 VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM); 2286 fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out); 2287 write_viminfo_version(fp_out); 2288 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2289 fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out); 2290 fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc); 2291 #endif 2292 write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out); 2293 write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out); 2294 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2295 write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge); 2296 #endif 2297 write_viminfo_registers(fp_out); 2298 finish_viminfo_registers(); 2299 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2300 write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out); 2301 #endif 2302 write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out); 2303 finish_viminfo_marks(); 2304 write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out); 2305 write_viminfo_barlines(&vir, fp_out); 2306 2307 if (do_copy_marks) 2308 ga_init2(&buflist, sizeof(buf_T *), 50); 2309 write_viminfo_marks(fp_out, do_copy_marks ? &buflist : NULL); 2310 } 2311 2312 if (do_copy_marks) 2313 { 2314 copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, &buflist, eof, flags); 2315 if (fp_out != NULL) 2316 ga_clear(&buflist); 2317 } 2318 2319 vim_free(vir.vir_line); 2320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2321 if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) 2322 convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL); 2323 #endif 2324 ga_clear_strings(&vir.vir_barlines); 2325 } 2326 2327 /* 2328 * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo(). Reads in the 2329 * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that 2330 * are local to a file. Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb 2331 */ 2332 static int 2333 read_viminfo_up_to_marks( 2334 vir_T *virp, 2335 int forceit, 2336 int writing) 2337 { 2338 int eof; 2339 buf_T *buf; 2340 int got_encoding = FALSE; 2341 2342 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2343 prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing); 2344 #endif 2345 2346 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2347 while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>') 2348 { 2349 switch (virp->vir_line[0]) 2350 { 2351 /* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */ 2352 case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */ 2353 case '^': /* to be defined */ 2354 case '<': /* long line - ignored */ 2355 /* A comment or empty line. */ 2356 case NUL: 2357 case '\r': 2358 case '\n': 2359 case '#': 2360 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2361 break; 2362 case '|': 2363 eof = read_viminfo_barline(virp, got_encoding, 2364 forceit, writing); 2365 break; 2366 case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */ 2367 got_encoding = TRUE; 2368 eof = viminfo_encoding(virp); 2369 break; 2370 case '!': /* global variable */ 2371 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2372 eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing); 2373 #else 2374 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2375 #endif 2376 break; 2377 case '%': /* entry for buffer list */ 2378 eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing); 2379 break; 2380 case '"': 2381 /* When registers are in bar lines skip the old style register 2382 * lines. */ 2383 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_REGISTERS) 2384 eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit); 2385 else 2386 do { 2387 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2388 } while (!eof && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB 2389 || virp->vir_line[0] == '<')); 2390 break; 2391 case '/': /* Search string */ 2392 case '&': /* Substitute search string */ 2393 case '~': /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */ 2394 eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit); 2395 break; 2396 case '$': 2397 eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit); 2398 break; 2399 case ':': 2400 case '?': 2401 case '=': 2402 case '@': 2403 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2404 /* When history is in bar lines skip the old style history 2405 * lines. */ 2406 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_HISTORY) 2407 eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing); 2408 else 2409 #endif 2410 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2411 break; 2412 case '-': 2413 case '\'': 2414 /* When file marks are in bar lines skip the old style lines. */ 2415 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_MARKS) 2416 eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit); 2417 else 2418 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2419 break; 2420 default: 2421 if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"), 2422 virp->vir_line)) 2423 eof = TRUE; 2424 else 2425 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2426 break; 2427 } 2428 } 2429 2430 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2431 /* Finish reading history items. */ 2432 if (!writing) 2433 finish_viminfo_history(virp); 2434 #endif 2435 2436 /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */ 2437 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 2438 fmarks_check_names(buf); 2439 2440 return eof; 2441 } 2442 2443 /* 2444 * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of 2445 * 'encoding'. If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for 2446 * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring(). 2447 */ 2448 static int 2449 viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp) 2450 { 2451 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2452 char_u *p; 2453 int i; 2454 2455 if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0) 2456 { 2457 p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '='); 2458 if (p != NULL) 2459 { 2460 /* remove trailing newline */ 2461 ++p; 2462 for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i) 2463 ; 2464 p[i] = NUL; 2465 2466 convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc); 2467 } 2468 } 2469 #endif 2470 return viminfo_readline(virp); 2471 } 2472 2473 /* 2474 * Read a line from the viminfo file. 2475 * Returns TRUE for end-of-file; 2476 */ 2477 int 2478 viminfo_readline(vir_T *virp) 2479 { 2480 return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd); 2481 } 2482 2483 /* 2484 * Check string read from viminfo file. 2485 * Remove '\n' at the end of the line. 2486 * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V 2487 * - replace CTRL-V 'n' with '\n' 2488 * 2489 * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring(). 2490 * 2491 * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory). 2492 */ 2493 char_u * 2494 viminfo_readstring( 2495 vir_T *virp, 2496 int off, /* offset for virp->vir_line */ 2497 int convert UNUSED) /* convert the string */ 2498 { 2499 char_u *retval; 2500 char_u *s, *d; 2501 long len; 2502 2503 if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1])) 2504 { 2505 len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1); 2506 retval = lalloc(len, TRUE); 2507 if (retval == NULL) 2508 { 2509 /* Line too long? File messed up? Skip next line. */ 2510 (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd); 2511 return NULL; 2512 } 2513 (void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd); 2514 s = retval + 1; /* Skip the leading '<' */ 2515 } 2516 else 2517 { 2518 retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off); 2519 if (retval == NULL) 2520 return NULL; 2521 s = retval; 2522 } 2523 2524 /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */ 2525 d = retval; 2526 while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n') 2527 { 2528 if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL) 2529 { 2530 if (s[1] == 'n') 2531 *d++ = '\n'; 2532 else 2533 *d++ = Ctrl_V; 2534 s += 2; 2535 } 2536 else 2537 *d++ = *s++; 2538 } 2539 *d = NUL; 2540 2541 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2542 if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL) 2543 { 2544 d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL); 2545 if (d != NULL) 2546 { 2547 vim_free(retval); 2548 retval = d; 2549 } 2550 } 2551 #endif 2552 2553 return retval; 2554 } 2555 2556 /* 2557 * write string to viminfo file 2558 * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V 2559 * - replace '\n' with CTRL-V 'n' 2560 * - add a '\n' at the end 2561 * 2562 * For a long line: 2563 * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line 2564 * - write " < <string> \n " in second line 2565 */ 2566 void 2567 viminfo_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *p) 2568 { 2569 int c; 2570 char_u *s; 2571 int len = 0; 2572 2573 for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s) 2574 { 2575 if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n') 2576 ++len; 2577 ++len; 2578 } 2579 2580 /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next 2581 * line. Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before 2582 * the string (e.g., variable name). Add something to the length for the 2583 * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */ 2584 if (len > LSIZE / 2) 2585 fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3); 2586 2587 while ((c = *p++) != NUL) 2588 { 2589 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n') 2590 { 2591 putc(Ctrl_V, fd); 2592 if (c == '\n') 2593 c = 'n'; 2594 } 2595 putc(c, fd); 2596 } 2597 putc('\n', fd); 2598 } 2599 2600 /* 2601 * Write a string in quotes that barline_parse() can read back. 2602 * Breaks the line in less than LSIZE pieces when needed. 2603 * Returns remaining characters in the line. 2604 */ 2605 int 2606 barline_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *s, int remaining_start) 2607 { 2608 char_u *p; 2609 int remaining = remaining_start; 2610 int len = 2; 2611 2612 /* Count the number of characters produced, including quotes. */ 2613 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) 2614 { 2615 if (*p == NL) 2616 len += 2; 2617 else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\') 2618 len += 2; 2619 else 2620 ++len; 2621 } 2622 if (len > remaining - 2) 2623 { 2624 fprintf(fd, ">%d\n|<", len); 2625 remaining = LSIZE - 20; 2626 } 2627 2628 putc('"', fd); 2629 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) 2630 { 2631 if (*p == NL) 2632 { 2633 putc('\\', fd); 2634 putc('n', fd); 2635 --remaining; 2636 } 2637 else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\') 2638 { 2639 putc('\\', fd); 2640 putc(*p, fd); 2641 --remaining; 2642 } 2643 else 2644 putc(*p, fd); 2645 --remaining; 2646 2647 if (remaining < 3) 2648 { 2649 putc('\n', fd); 2650 putc('|', fd); 2651 putc('<', fd); 2652 /* Leave enough space for another continuation. */ 2653 remaining = LSIZE - 20; 2654 } 2655 } 2656 putc('"', fd); 2657 return remaining - 2; 2658 } 2659 2660 /* 2661 * Parse a viminfo line starting with '|'. 2662 * Add each decoded value to "values". 2663 * Returns TRUE if the next line is to be read after using the parsed values. 2664 */ 2665 static int 2666 barline_parse(vir_T *virp, char_u *text, garray_T *values) 2667 { 2668 char_u *p = text; 2669 char_u *nextp = NULL; 2670 char_u *buf = NULL; 2671 bval_T *value; 2672 int i; 2673 int allocated = FALSE; 2674 int eof; 2675 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2676 char_u *sconv; 2677 int converted; 2678 #endif 2679 2680 while (*p == ',') 2681 { 2682 ++p; 2683 if (ga_grow(values, 1) == FAIL) 2684 break; 2685 value = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + values->ga_len; 2686 2687 if (*p == '>') 2688 { 2689 /* Need to read a continuation line. Put strings in allocated 2690 * memory, because virp->vir_line is overwritten. */ 2691 if (!allocated) 2692 { 2693 for (i = 0; i < values->ga_len; ++i) 2694 { 2695 bval_T *vp = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + i; 2696 2697 if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && !vp->bv_allocated) 2698 { 2699 vp->bv_string = vim_strnsave(vp->bv_string, vp->bv_len); 2700 vp->bv_allocated = TRUE; 2701 } 2702 } 2703 allocated = TRUE; 2704 } 2705 2706 if (vim_isdigit(p[1])) 2707 { 2708 size_t len; 2709 size_t todo; 2710 size_t n; 2711 2712 /* String value was split into lines that are each shorter 2713 * than LSIZE: 2714 * |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"} 2715 * |<"{text1} 2716 * |<{text2}",{value} 2717 * Length includes the quotes. 2718 */ 2719 ++p; 2720 len = getdigits(&p); 2721 buf = alloc((int)(len + 1)); 2722 if (buf == NULL) 2723 return TRUE; 2724 p = buf; 2725 for (todo = len; todo > 0; todo -= n) 2726 { 2727 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2728 if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|' 2729 || virp->vir_line[1] != '<') 2730 { 2731 /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if 2732 * this one starts with '|'. */ 2733 vim_free(buf); 2734 return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|'; 2735 } 2736 /* Get length of text, excluding |< and NL chars. */ 2737 n = STRLEN(virp->vir_line); 2738 while (n > 0 && (virp->vir_line[n - 1] == NL 2739 || virp->vir_line[n - 1] == CAR)) 2740 --n; 2741 n -= 2; 2742 if (n > todo) 2743 { 2744 /* more values follow after the string */ 2745 nextp = virp->vir_line + 2 + todo; 2746 n = todo; 2747 } 2748 mch_memmove(p, virp->vir_line + 2, n); 2749 p += n; 2750 } 2751 *p = NUL; 2752 p = buf; 2753 } 2754 else 2755 { 2756 /* Line ending in ">" continues in the next line: 2757 * |{bartype},{lots of values},> 2758 * |<{value},{value} 2759 */ 2760 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2761 if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|' 2762 || virp->vir_line[1] != '<') 2763 /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if 2764 * this one starts with '|'. */ 2765 return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|'; 2766 p = virp->vir_line + 2; 2767 } 2768 } 2769 2770 if (isdigit(*p)) 2771 { 2772 value->bv_type = BVAL_NR; 2773 value->bv_nr = getdigits(&p); 2774 ++values->ga_len; 2775 } 2776 else if (*p == '"') 2777 { 2778 int len = 0; 2779 char_u *s = p; 2780 2781 /* Unescape special characters in-place. */ 2782 ++p; 2783 while (*p != '"') 2784 { 2785 if (*p == NL || *p == NUL) 2786 return TRUE; /* syntax error, drop the value */ 2787 if (*p == '\\') 2788 { 2789 ++p; 2790 if (*p == 'n') 2791 s[len++] = '\n'; 2792 else 2793 s[len++] = *p; 2794 ++p; 2795 } 2796 else 2797 s[len++] = *p++; 2798 } 2799 ++p; 2800 s[len] = NUL; 2801 2802 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2803 converted = FALSE; 2804 if (virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *s != NUL) 2805 { 2806 sconv = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, s, NULL); 2807 if (sconv != NULL) 2808 { 2809 if (s == buf) 2810 vim_free(s); 2811 s = sconv; 2812 buf = s; 2813 converted = TRUE; 2814 } 2815 } 2816 #endif 2817 /* Need to copy in allocated memory if the string wasn't allocated 2818 * above and we did allocate before, thus vir_line may change. */ 2819 if (s != buf && allocated) 2820 s = vim_strsave(s); 2821 value->bv_string = s; 2822 value->bv_type = BVAL_STRING; 2823 value->bv_len = len; 2824 value->bv_allocated = allocated 2825 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2826 || converted 2827 #endif 2828 ; 2829 ++values->ga_len; 2830 if (nextp != NULL) 2831 { 2832 /* values following a long string */ 2833 p = nextp; 2834 nextp = NULL; 2835 } 2836 } 2837 else if (*p == ',') 2838 { 2839 value->bv_type = BVAL_EMPTY; 2840 ++values->ga_len; 2841 } 2842 else 2843 break; 2844 } 2845 return TRUE; 2846 } 2847 2848 static int 2849 read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing) 2850 { 2851 char_u *p = virp->vir_line + 1; 2852 int bartype; 2853 garray_T values; 2854 bval_T *vp; 2855 int i; 2856 int read_next = TRUE; 2857 2858 /* The format is: |{bartype},{value},... 2859 * For a very long string: 2860 * |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"} 2861 * |<{text1} 2862 * |<{text2},{value} 2863 * For a long line not using a string 2864 * |{bartype},{lots of values},> 2865 * |<{value},{value} 2866 */ 2867 if (*p == '<') 2868 { 2869 /* Continuation line of an unrecognized item. */ 2870 if (writing) 2871 ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line); 2872 } 2873 else 2874 { 2875 ga_init2(&values, sizeof(bval_T), 20); 2876 bartype = getdigits(&p); 2877 switch (bartype) 2878 { 2879 case BARTYPE_VERSION: 2880 /* Only use the version when it comes before the encoding. 2881 * If it comes later it was copied by a Vim version that 2882 * doesn't understand the version. */ 2883 if (!got_encoding) 2884 { 2885 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2886 vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data; 2887 if (values.ga_len > 0 && vp->bv_type == BVAL_NR) 2888 virp->vir_version = vp->bv_nr; 2889 } 2890 break; 2891 2892 case BARTYPE_HISTORY: 2893 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2894 handle_viminfo_history(&values, writing); 2895 break; 2896 2897 case BARTYPE_REGISTER: 2898 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2899 handle_viminfo_register(&values, force); 2900 break; 2901 2902 case BARTYPE_MARK: 2903 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2904 handle_viminfo_mark(&values, force); 2905 break; 2906 2907 default: 2908 /* copy unrecognized line (for future use) */ 2909 if (writing) 2910 ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line); 2911 } 2912 for (i = 0; i < values.ga_len; ++i) 2913 { 2914 vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data + i; 2915 if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && vp->bv_allocated) 2916 vim_free(vp->bv_string); 2917 } 2918 ga_clear(&values); 2919 } 2920 2921 if (read_next) 2922 return viminfo_readline(virp); 2923 return FALSE; 2924 } 2925 2926 static void 2927 write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out) 2928 { 2929 fprintf(fp_out, "# Viminfo version\n|%d,%d\n\n", 2930 BARTYPE_VERSION, VIMINFO_VERSION); 2931 } 2932 2933 static void 2934 write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out) 2935 { 2936 int i; 2937 garray_T *gap = &virp->vir_barlines; 2938 int seen_useful = FALSE; 2939 char *line; 2940 2941 if (gap->ga_len > 0) 2942 { 2943 fputs(_("\n# Bar lines, copied verbatim:\n"), fp_out); 2944 2945 /* Skip over continuation lines until seeing a useful line. */ 2946 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) 2947 { 2948 line = ((char **)(gap->ga_data))[i]; 2949 if (seen_useful || line[1] != '<') 2950 { 2951 fputs(line, fp_out); 2952 seen_useful = TRUE; 2953 } 2954 } 2955 } 2956 } 2957 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ 2958 2959 /* 2960 * Return the current time in seconds. Calls time(), unless test_settime() 2961 * was used. 2962 */ 2963 time_T 2964 vim_time(void) 2965 { 2966 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2967 return time_for_testing == 0 ? time(NULL) : time_for_testing; 2968 # else 2969 return time(NULL); 2970 # endif 2971 } 2972 2973 /* 2974 * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty(). 2975 * <BS> resulting <Del> 2976 * ^? ^H 2977 * not ^? ^? 2978 */ 2979 void 2980 do_fixdel(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 2981 { 2982 char_u *p; 2983 2984 p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb"); 2985 add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL 2986 && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE); 2987 } 2988 2989 void 2990 print_line_no_prefix( 2991 linenr_T lnum, 2992 int use_number, 2993 int list) 2994 { 2995 char_u numbuf[30]; 2996 2997 if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number) 2998 { 2999 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, sizeof(numbuf), 3000 "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum); 3001 msg_puts_attr(numbuf, HL_ATTR(HLF_N)); /* Highlight line nrs */ 3002 } 3003 msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list); 3004 } 3005 3006 /* 3007 * Print a text line. Also in silent mode ("ex -s"). 3008 */ 3009 void 3010 print_line(linenr_T lnum, int use_number, int list) 3011 { 3012 int save_silent = silent_mode; 3013 3014 /* apply :filter /pat/ */ 3015 if (message_filtered(ml_get(lnum))) 3016 return; 3017 3018 msg_start(); 3019 silent_mode = FALSE; 3020 info_message = TRUE; /* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */ 3021 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list); 3022 if (save_silent) 3023 { 3024 msg_putchar('\n'); 3025 cursor_on(); /* msg_start() switches it off */ 3026 out_flush(); 3027 silent_mode = save_silent; 3028 } 3029 info_message = FALSE; 3030 } 3031 3032 int 3033 rename_buffer(char_u *new_fname) 3034 { 3035 char_u *fname, *sfname, *xfname; 3036 buf_T *buf; 3037 3038 buf = curbuf; 3039 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3040 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ 3041 if (buf != curbuf) 3042 return FAIL; 3043 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3044 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3045 return FAIL; 3046 #endif 3047 /* 3048 * The name of the current buffer will be changed. 3049 * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file 3050 * name, which will become the alternate file name. 3051 * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a 3052 * name. 3053 */ 3054 fname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3055 sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; 3056 xfname = curbuf->b_fname; 3057 curbuf->b_ffname = NULL; 3058 curbuf->b_sfname = NULL; 3059 if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 3060 { 3061 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; 3062 curbuf->b_sfname = sfname; 3063 return FAIL; 3064 } 3065 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED; 3066 if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL) 3067 { 3068 buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); 3069 if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt) 3070 curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum; 3071 } 3072 vim_free(fname); 3073 vim_free(sfname); 3074 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3075 3076 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 3077 DO_AUTOCHDIR; 3078 return OK; 3079 } 3080 3081 /* 3082 * ":file[!] [fname]". 3083 */ 3084 void 3085 ex_file(exarg_T *eap) 3086 { 3087 /* ":0file" removes the file name. Check for illegal uses ":3file", 3088 * "0file name", etc. */ 3089 if (eap->addr_count > 0 3090 && (*eap->arg != NUL 3091 || eap->line2 > 0 3092 || eap->addr_count > 1)) 3093 { 3094 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 3095 return; 3096 } 3097 3098 if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1) 3099 { 3100 if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL) 3101 return; 3102 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 3103 } 3104 3105 // print file name if no argument or 'F' is not in 'shortmess' 3106 if (*eap->arg == NUL || !shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO)) 3107 fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit); 3108 } 3109 3110 /* 3111 * ":update". 3112 */ 3113 void 3114 ex_update(exarg_T *eap) 3115 { 3116 if (curbufIsChanged()) 3117 (void)do_write(eap); 3118 } 3119 3120 /* 3121 * ":write" and ":saveas". 3122 */ 3123 void 3124 ex_write(exarg_T *eap) 3125 { 3126 if (eap->usefilter) /* input lines to shell command */ 3127 do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 3128 else 3129 (void)do_write(eap); 3130 } 3131 3132 /* 3133 * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg' 3134 * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file 3135 * 3136 * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file 3137 * 3138 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 3139 */ 3140 int 3141 do_write(exarg_T *eap) 3142 { 3143 int other; 3144 char_u *fname = NULL; /* init to shut up gcc */ 3145 char_u *ffname; 3146 int retval = FAIL; 3147 char_u *free_fname = NULL; 3148 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3149 char_u *browse_file = NULL; 3150 #endif 3151 buf_T *alt_buf = NULL; 3152 int name_was_missing; 3153 3154 if (not_writing()) /* check 'write' option */ 3155 return FAIL; 3156 3157 ffname = eap->arg; 3158 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3159 if (cmdmod.browse) 3160 { 3161 browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname, 3162 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); 3163 if (browse_file == NULL) 3164 goto theend; 3165 ffname = browse_file; 3166 } 3167 #endif 3168 if (*ffname == NUL) 3169 { 3170 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3171 { 3172 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); 3173 goto theend; 3174 } 3175 other = FALSE; 3176 } 3177 else 3178 { 3179 fname = ffname; 3180 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); 3181 /* 3182 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be 3183 * able to write the file in this situation. 3184 */ 3185 if (free_fname != NULL) 3186 ffname = free_fname; 3187 other = otherfile(ffname); 3188 } 3189 3190 /* 3191 * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names. 3192 */ 3193 if (other) 3194 { 3195 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL 3196 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3197 alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1); 3198 else 3199 alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname); 3200 if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) 3201 { 3202 /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a 3203 * good idea. */ 3204 EMSG(_(e_bufloaded)); 3205 goto theend; 3206 } 3207 } 3208 3209 /* 3210 * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode 3211 * and a file name is required. 3212 * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either. 3213 */ 3214 if (!other && ( 3215 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 3216 bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) || 3217 #endif 3218 check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf))) 3219 goto theend; 3220 3221 if (!other) 3222 { 3223 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3224 fname = curbuf->b_fname; 3225 /* 3226 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'. 3227 */ 3228 if ( (eap->line1 != 1 3229 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3230 && !eap->forceit 3231 && !eap->append 3232 && !p_wa) 3233 { 3234 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3235 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3236 { 3237 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, 3238 (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES) 3239 goto theend; 3240 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3241 } 3242 else 3243 #endif 3244 { 3245 EMSG(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer")); 3246 goto theend; 3247 } 3248 } 3249 } 3250 3251 if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK) 3252 { 3253 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL) 3254 { 3255 buf_T *was_curbuf = curbuf; 3256 3257 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3258 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3259 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3260 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) 3261 #else 3262 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) 3263 #endif 3264 { 3265 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ 3266 retval = FAIL; 3267 goto theend; 3268 } 3269 /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate 3270 * buffer. This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer 3271 * under the new name. Must be done before buf_write(), because 3272 * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set 3273 * the file name. */ 3274 fname = alt_buf->b_fname; 3275 alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname; 3276 curbuf->b_fname = fname; 3277 fname = alt_buf->b_ffname; 3278 alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3279 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; 3280 fname = alt_buf->b_sfname; 3281 alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; 3282 curbuf->b_sfname = fname; 3283 buf_name_changed(curbuf); 3284 3285 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3286 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3287 if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl) 3288 { 3289 alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE; 3290 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3291 } 3292 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3293 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) 3294 #else 3295 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) 3296 #endif 3297 { 3298 /* buffer changed, don't write the file */ 3299 retval = FAIL; 3300 goto theend; 3301 } 3302 3303 /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */ 3304 if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL) 3305 { 3306 if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect")) 3307 (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead", 3308 TRUE, NULL); 3309 do_modelines(0); 3310 } 3311 3312 /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when 3313 * 'autochdir' is set. */ 3314 fname = curbuf->b_sfname; 3315 } 3316 3317 name_was_missing = curbuf->b_ffname == NULL; 3318 3319 retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2, 3320 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE); 3321 3322 /* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */ 3323 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3324 { 3325 if (retval == OK) 3326 { 3327 curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE; 3328 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 3329 } 3330 } 3331 3332 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and the file name 3333 * got changed or set. */ 3334 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas || name_was_missing) 3335 { 3336 DO_AUTOCHDIR; 3337 } 3338 } 3339 3340 theend: 3341 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3342 vim_free(browse_file); 3343 #endif 3344 vim_free(free_fname); 3345 return retval; 3346 } 3347 3348 /* 3349 * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file. If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED, 3350 * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file. 3351 * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite. 3352 * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not. 3353 */ 3354 int 3355 check_overwrite( 3356 exarg_T *eap, 3357 buf_T *buf, 3358 char_u *fname, /* file name to be used (can differ from 3359 buf->ffname) */ 3360 char_u *ffname, /* full path version of fname */ 3361 int other) /* writing under other name */ 3362 { 3363 /* 3364 * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file: 3365 * overwriting only allowed with '!' 3366 */ 3367 if ( (other 3368 || (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED) 3369 || ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW) 3370 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL) 3371 || (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR)) 3372 && !p_wa 3373 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 3374 && !bt_nofile(buf) 3375 #endif 3376 && vim_fexists(ffname)) 3377 { 3378 if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append) 3379 { 3380 #ifdef UNIX 3381 /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */ 3382 if (mch_isdir(ffname)) 3383 { 3384 EMSG2(_(e_isadir2), ffname); 3385 return FAIL; 3386 } 3387 #endif 3388 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3389 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3390 { 3391 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3392 3393 dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname); 3394 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES) 3395 return FAIL; 3396 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3397 } 3398 else 3399 #endif 3400 { 3401 EMSG(_(e_exists)); 3402 return FAIL; 3403 } 3404 } 3405 3406 /* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */ 3407 if (other && !emsg_silent) 3408 { 3409 char_u *dir; 3410 char_u *p; 3411 int r; 3412 char_u *swapname; 3413 3414 /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if 3415 * it's writable. If the "." directory is not writable the write 3416 * will probably fail anyway. 3417 * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer 3418 * for the written file. */ 3419 if (*p_dir == NUL) 3420 { 3421 dir = alloc(5); 3422 if (dir == NULL) 3423 return FAIL; 3424 STRCPY(dir, "."); 3425 } 3426 else 3427 { 3428 dir = alloc(MAXPATHL); 3429 if (dir == NULL) 3430 return FAIL; 3431 p = p_dir; 3432 copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ","); 3433 } 3434 swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir); 3435 vim_free(dir); 3436 r = vim_fexists(swapname); 3437 if (r) 3438 { 3439 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3440 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3441 { 3442 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3443 3444 dialog_msg(buff, 3445 _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"), 3446 swapname); 3447 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) 3448 != VIM_YES) 3449 { 3450 vim_free(swapname); 3451 return FAIL; 3452 } 3453 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3454 } 3455 else 3456 #endif 3457 { 3458 EMSG2(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"), 3459 swapname); 3460 vim_free(swapname); 3461 return FAIL; 3462 } 3463 } 3464 vim_free(swapname); 3465 } 3466 } 3467 return OK; 3468 } 3469 3470 /* 3471 * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands. 3472 */ 3473 void 3474 ex_wnext(exarg_T *eap) 3475 { 3476 int i; 3477 3478 if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n') 3479 i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2; 3480 else 3481 i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2; 3482 eap->line1 = 1; 3483 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 3484 if (do_write(eap) != FAIL) 3485 do_argfile(eap, i); 3486 } 3487 3488 /* 3489 * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit). 3490 */ 3491 void 3492 do_wqall(exarg_T *eap) 3493 { 3494 buf_T *buf; 3495 int error = 0; 3496 int save_forceit = eap->forceit; 3497 3498 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall) 3499 exiting = TRUE; 3500 3501 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 3502 { 3503 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3504 if (exiting && term_job_running(buf->b_term)) 3505 { 3506 no_write_message_nobang(buf); 3507 ++error; 3508 } 3509 else 3510 #endif 3511 if (bufIsChanged(buf) && !bt_dontwrite(buf)) 3512 { 3513 /* 3514 * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written: 3515 * 1. if the 'write' option is set 3516 * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing) 3517 * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog) 3518 * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog) 3519 */ 3520 if (not_writing()) 3521 { 3522 ++error; 3523 break; 3524 } 3525 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3526 /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */ 3527 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse) 3528 browse_save_fname(buf); 3529 #endif 3530 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL) 3531 { 3532 EMSGN(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum); 3533 ++error; 3534 } 3535 else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf) 3536 || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname, 3537 FALSE) == FAIL) 3538 { 3539 ++error; 3540 } 3541 else 3542 { 3543 bufref_T bufref; 3544 3545 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 3546 if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 3547 ++error; 3548 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */ 3549 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref)) 3550 buf = firstbuf; 3551 } 3552 eap->forceit = save_forceit; /* check_overwrite() may set it */ 3553 } 3554 } 3555 if (exiting) 3556 { 3557 if (!error) 3558 getout(0); /* exit Vim */ 3559 not_exiting(); 3560 } 3561 } 3562 3563 /* 3564 * Check the 'write' option. 3565 * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st. 3566 */ 3567 int 3568 not_writing(void) 3569 { 3570 if (p_write) 3571 return FALSE; 3572 EMSG(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option")); 3573 return TRUE; 3574 } 3575 3576 /* 3577 * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is 3578 * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error 3579 * message when the buffer is readonly. 3580 */ 3581 static int 3582 check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf) 3583 { 3584 stat_T st; 3585 3586 /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when 3587 * the file exists and permissions are read-only. 3588 * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is 3589 * important for device checks but not here. */ 3590 if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro 3591 || (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0 3592 && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777)))) 3593 { 3594 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3595 if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL) 3596 { 3597 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3598 3599 if (buf->b_p_ro) 3600 dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"), 3601 buf->b_fname); 3602 else 3603 dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"), 3604 buf->b_fname); 3605 3606 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES) 3607 { 3608 /* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */ 3609 *forceit = TRUE; 3610 return FALSE; 3611 } 3612 else 3613 return TRUE; 3614 } 3615 else 3616 #endif 3617 if (buf->b_p_ro) 3618 EMSG(_(e_readonly)); 3619 else 3620 EMSG2(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"), 3621 buf->b_fname); 3622 return TRUE; 3623 } 3624 3625 return FALSE; 3626 } 3627 3628 /* 3629 * Try to abandon current file and edit a new or existing file. 3630 * "fnum" is the number of the file, if zero use ffname/sfname. 3631 * "lnum" is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero). 3632 * 3633 * Return: 3634 * GETFILE_ERROR for "normal" error, 3635 * GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN for "not written" error, 3636 * GETFILE_SAME_FILE for success 3637 * GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER for successfully opening another file. 3638 */ 3639 int 3640 getfile( 3641 int fnum, 3642 char_u *ffname, 3643 char_u *sfname, 3644 int setpm, 3645 linenr_T lnum, 3646 int forceit) 3647 { 3648 int other; 3649 int retval; 3650 char_u *free_me = NULL; 3651 3652 if (text_locked()) 3653 return GETFILE_ERROR; 3654 if (curbuf_locked()) 3655 return GETFILE_ERROR; 3656 3657 if (fnum == 0) 3658 { 3659 /* make ffname full path, set sfname */ 3660 fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname); 3661 other = otherfile(ffname); 3662 free_me = ffname; /* has been allocated, free() later */ 3663 } 3664 else 3665 other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum); 3666 3667 if (other) 3668 ++no_wait_return; /* don't wait for autowrite message */ 3669 if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !buf_hide(curbuf) 3670 && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL) 3671 { 3672 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3673 if (p_confirm && p_write) 3674 dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE); 3675 if (curbufIsChanged()) 3676 #endif 3677 { 3678 if (other) 3679 --no_wait_return; 3680 no_write_message(); 3681 retval = GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN; /* file has been changed */ 3682 goto theend; 3683 } 3684 } 3685 if (other) 3686 --no_wait_return; 3687 if (setpm) 3688 setpcmark(); 3689 if (!other) 3690 { 3691 if (lnum != 0) 3692 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3693 check_cursor_lnum(); 3694 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 3695 retval = GETFILE_SAME_FILE; /* it's in the same file */ 3696 } 3697 else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum, 3698 (buf_hide(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0), 3699 curwin) == OK) 3700 retval = GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER; /* opened another file */ 3701 else 3702 retval = GETFILE_ERROR; /* error encountered */ 3703 3704 theend: 3705 vim_free(free_me); 3706 return retval; 3707 } 3708 3709 /* 3710 * start editing a new file 3711 * 3712 * fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname 3713 * ffname: the file name 3714 * - full path if sfname used, 3715 * - any file name if sfname is NULL 3716 * - empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be 3717 * in a different directory) 3718 * - NULL to start an empty buffer 3719 * sfname: the short file name (or NULL) 3720 * eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and 3721 * forced 'ff' and 'fenc' 3722 * newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible) 3723 * if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file 3724 * if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files 3725 * if ECMD_ONE: use first line 3726 * flags: 3727 * ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer 3728 * ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file 3729 * ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists 3730 * ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command 3731 * ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list 3732 * oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current 3733 * window, NULL when splitting the window first. When not NULL info 3734 * of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored. 3735 * 3736 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 3737 */ 3738 int 3739 do_ecmd( 3740 int fnum, 3741 char_u *ffname, 3742 char_u *sfname, 3743 exarg_T *eap, /* can be NULL! */ 3744 linenr_T newlnum, 3745 int flags, 3746 win_T *oldwin) 3747 { 3748 int other_file; /* TRUE if editing another file */ 3749 int oldbuf; /* TRUE if using existing buffer */ 3750 int auto_buf = FALSE; /* TRUE if autocommands brought us 3751 into the buffer unexpectedly */ 3752 char_u *new_name = NULL; 3753 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 3754 int did_set_swapcommand = FALSE; 3755 #endif 3756 buf_T *buf; 3757 bufref_T bufref; 3758 bufref_T old_curbuf; 3759 char_u *free_fname = NULL; 3760 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3761 char_u *browse_file = NULL; 3762 #endif 3763 int retval = FAIL; 3764 long n; 3765 pos_T orig_pos; 3766 linenr_T topline = 0; 3767 int newcol = -1; 3768 int solcol = -1; 3769 pos_T *pos; 3770 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 3771 char_u *cp; 3772 #endif 3773 char_u *command = NULL; 3774 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3775 int did_get_winopts = FALSE; 3776 #endif 3777 int readfile_flags = 0; 3778 int did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE; 3779 3780 if (eap != NULL) 3781 command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd; 3782 set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf); 3783 3784 if (fnum != 0) 3785 { 3786 if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum) /* file is already being edited */ 3787 return OK; /* nothing to do */ 3788 other_file = TRUE; 3789 } 3790 else 3791 { 3792 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3793 if (cmdmod.browse) 3794 { 3795 if ( 3796 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 3797 !gui.in_use && 3798 # endif 3799 au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer")) 3800 { 3801 /* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer: 3802 * Edit the directory. */ 3803 if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname)) 3804 ffname = (char_u *)"."; 3805 } 3806 else 3807 { 3808 browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname, 3809 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); 3810 if (browse_file == NULL) 3811 goto theend; 3812 ffname = browse_file; 3813 } 3814 } 3815 #endif 3816 /* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */ 3817 if (sfname == NULL) 3818 sfname = ffname; 3819 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE 3820 # ifdef USE_LONG_FNAME 3821 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) 3822 # endif 3823 if (sfname != NULL) 3824 fname_case(sfname, 0); /* set correct case for sfname */ 3825 #endif 3826 3827 if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL)) 3828 goto theend; 3829 3830 if (ffname == NULL) 3831 other_file = TRUE; 3832 /* there is no file name */ 3833 else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) 3834 other_file = FALSE; 3835 else 3836 { 3837 if (*ffname == NUL) /* re-edit with same file name */ 3838 { 3839 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3840 sfname = curbuf->b_fname; 3841 } 3842 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */ 3843 if (free_fname != NULL) 3844 ffname = free_fname; 3845 other_file = otherfile(ffname); 3846 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 3847 if (usingSunWorkShop && p_acd 3848 && (cp = vim_strrchr(sfname, '/')) != NULL) 3849 sfname = ++cp; 3850 #endif 3851 } 3852 } 3853 3854 /* 3855 * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it 3856 * - if we are going to re-edit the same file 3857 * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE 3858 */ 3859 if ( ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF)) 3860 || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 3861 && !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF)))) 3862 && check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0) 3863 | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN) 3864 | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0) 3865 | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD))) 3866 { 3867 if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL) 3868 (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum); 3869 goto theend; 3870 } 3871 3872 /* 3873 * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be 3874 * copied into the GUI selection buffer. 3875 */ 3876 reset_VIsual(); 3877 3878 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 3879 if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0) 3880 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL) 3881 { 3882 int len; 3883 char_u *p; 3884 3885 /* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */ 3886 if (command != NULL) 3887 len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3; 3888 else 3889 len = 30; 3890 p = alloc((unsigned)len); 3891 if (p != NULL) 3892 { 3893 if (command != NULL) 3894 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command); 3895 else 3896 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum); 3897 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1); 3898 did_set_swapcommand = TRUE; 3899 vim_free(p); 3900 } 3901 } 3902 #endif 3903 3904 /* 3905 * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer. 3906 * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer. 3907 */ 3908 if (other_file) 3909 { 3910 if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)) 3911 { 3912 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) 3913 curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 3914 if (oldwin != NULL) 3915 buflist_altfpos(oldwin); 3916 } 3917 3918 if (fnum) 3919 buf = buflist_findnr(fnum); 3920 else 3921 { 3922 if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) 3923 { 3924 linenr_T tlnum = 1L; 3925 3926 if (command != NULL) 3927 { 3928 tlnum = atol((char *)command); 3929 if (tlnum <= 0) 3930 tlnum = 1L; 3931 } 3932 (void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED); 3933 goto theend; 3934 } 3935 buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L, 3936 BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED)); 3937 3938 /* autocommands may change curwin and curbuf */ 3939 if (oldwin != NULL) 3940 oldwin = curwin; 3941 set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf); 3942 } 3943 if (buf == NULL) 3944 goto theend; 3945 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) /* no memfile yet */ 3946 { 3947 oldbuf = FALSE; 3948 } 3949 else /* existing memfile */ 3950 { 3951 oldbuf = TRUE; 3952 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 3953 (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE); 3954 /* Check if autocommands made the buffer invalid or changed the 3955 * current buffer. */ 3956 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref) || curbuf != old_curbuf.br_buf) 3957 goto theend; 3958 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3959 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3960 goto theend; 3961 #endif 3962 } 3963 3964 /* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked 3965 * for explicitly */ 3966 if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST) 3967 { 3968 pos = buflist_findfpos(buf); 3969 newlnum = pos->lnum; 3970 solcol = pos->col; 3971 } 3972 3973 /* 3974 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window. 3975 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE. 3976 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf 3977 * is returned by buflist_new(), nothing to do here. 3978 */ 3979 if (buf != curbuf) 3980 { 3981 /* 3982 * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change 3983 * the current buffer. 3984 * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up. 3985 * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new 3986 * buffer when loading a buffer is required. This avoids 3987 * loading another buffer which then must be closed again. 3988 * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few 3989 * things, set auto_buf. 3990 */ 3991 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) 3992 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); 3993 set_bufref(&au_new_curbuf, buf); 3994 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3995 if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf)) 3996 { 3997 /* new buffer has been deleted */ 3998 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 3999 goto theend; 4000 } 4001 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4002 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 4003 { 4004 vim_free(new_name); 4005 goto theend; 4006 } 4007 #endif 4008 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ 4009 auto_buf = TRUE; 4010 else 4011 { 4012 win_T *the_curwin = curwin; 4013 4014 /* Set the w_closing flag to avoid that autocommands close the 4015 * window. And set b_locked for the same reason. */ 4016 the_curwin->w_closing = TRUE; 4017 ++buf->b_locked; 4018 4019 if (curbuf == old_curbuf.br_buf) 4020 buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER); 4021 4022 /* Close the link to the current buffer. This will set 4023 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */ 4024 u_sync(FALSE); 4025 close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf, 4026 (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE); 4027 4028 the_curwin->w_closing = FALSE; 4029 --buf->b_locked; 4030 4031 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4032 /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 4033 if (aborting() && curwin->w_buffer != NULL) 4034 { 4035 vim_free(new_name); 4036 goto theend; 4037 } 4038 #endif 4039 /* Be careful again, like above. */ 4040 if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf)) 4041 { 4042 /* new buffer has been deleted */ 4043 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 4044 goto theend; 4045 } 4046 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ 4047 auto_buf = TRUE; 4048 else 4049 { 4050 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4051 /* 4052 * <VN> We could instead free the synblock 4053 * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps. 4054 */ 4055 if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL 4056 || curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s)) 4057 curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s); 4058 #endif 4059 curwin->w_buffer = buf; 4060 curbuf = buf; 4061 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; 4062 4063 /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */ 4064 if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL) 4065 { 4066 set_file_options(TRUE, eap); 4067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4068 set_forced_fenc(eap); 4069 #endif 4070 } 4071 } 4072 4073 /* May get the window options from the last time this buffer 4074 * was in this window (or another window). If not used 4075 * before, reset the local window options to the global 4076 * values. Also restores old folding stuff. */ 4077 get_winopts(curbuf); 4078 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4079 did_get_winopts = TRUE; 4080 #endif 4081 } 4082 vim_free(new_name); 4083 au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL; 4084 au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0; 4085 } 4086 4087 curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1; 4088 curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0; 4089 } 4090 else /* !other_file */ 4091 { 4092 if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || check_fname() == FAIL) 4093 goto theend; 4094 4095 oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF); 4096 } 4097 4098 /* Don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line, otherwise 4099 * autocommands may cause ml_get errors. */ 4100 ++RedrawingDisabled; 4101 did_inc_redrawing_disabled = TRUE; 4102 4103 buf = curbuf; 4104 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag) 4105 { 4106 prepare_help_buffer(); 4107 } 4108 else 4109 { 4110 /* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer. Useful when 4111 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */ 4112 if (!curbuf->b_help) 4113 set_buflisted(TRUE); 4114 } 4115 4116 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about 4117 * editing the file. */ 4118 if (buf != curbuf) 4119 goto theend; 4120 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4121 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 4122 goto theend; 4123 #endif 4124 4125 /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be 4126 * unset. Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax 4127 * highlighting to work in the other file. */ 4128 did_filetype = FALSE; 4129 4130 /* 4131 * other_file oldbuf 4132 * FALSE FALSE re-edit same file, buffer is re-used 4133 * FALSE TRUE re-edit same file, nothing changes 4134 * TRUE FALSE start editing new file, new buffer 4135 * TRUE TRUE start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do) 4136 */ 4137 if (!other_file && !oldbuf) /* re-use the buffer */ 4138 { 4139 set_last_cursor(curwin); /* may set b_last_cursor */ 4140 if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) 4141 { 4142 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4143 solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4144 } 4145 buf = curbuf; 4146 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) 4147 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); 4148 else 4149 new_name = NULL; 4150 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 4151 4152 if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur) 4153 { 4154 /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone. 4155 * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */ 4156 u_sync(FALSE); 4157 if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE) 4158 == FAIL) 4159 { 4160 vim_free(new_name); 4161 goto theend; 4162 } 4163 u_unchanged(curbuf); 4164 buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO); 4165 4166 /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */ 4167 readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO; 4168 } 4169 else 4170 buf_freeall(curbuf, 0); /* free all things for buffer */ 4171 4172 /* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give 4173 * up and jump to the end. */ 4174 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref)) 4175 { 4176 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 4177 goto theend; 4178 } 4179 vim_free(new_name); 4180 4181 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about 4182 * re-editing the file. Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps 4183 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */ 4184 if (buf != curbuf) 4185 goto theend; 4186 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4187 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 4188 goto theend; 4189 #endif 4190 buf_clear_file(curbuf); 4191 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0; /* clear '[ and '] marks */ 4192 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0; 4193 } 4194 4195 /* 4196 * If we get here we are sure to start editing 4197 */ 4198 /* Assume success now */ 4199 retval = OK; 4200 4201 /* 4202 * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list. 4203 */ 4204 check_arg_idx(curwin); 4205 4206 if (!auto_buf) 4207 { 4208 /* 4209 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing 4210 * autocommands. This allows for the autocommands to position the 4211 * cursor. 4212 */ 4213 curwin_init(); 4214 4215 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4216 /* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed. Need to update 4217 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */ 4218 { 4219 win_T *win; 4220 tabpage_T *tp; 4221 4222 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) 4223 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 4224 foldUpdateAll(win); 4225 } 4226 #endif 4227 4228 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 4229 DO_AUTOCHDIR; 4230 4231 /* 4232 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current 4233 * buffer and window. 4234 */ 4235 orig_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 4236 topline = curwin->w_topline; 4237 if (!oldbuf) /* need to read the file */ 4238 { 4239 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) 4240 swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG; 4241 #endif 4242 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */ 4243 4244 /* 4245 * Open the buffer and read the file. 4246 */ 4247 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 4248 if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags))) 4249 retval = FAIL; 4250 #else 4251 (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags); 4252 #endif 4253 4254 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) 4255 if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT) 4256 retval = FAIL; 4257 handle_swap_exists(&old_curbuf); 4258 #endif 4259 } 4260 else 4261 { 4262 /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options. Any 4263 * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been 4264 * changed by the user. */ 4265 do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY); 4266 4267 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, 4268 &retval); 4269 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, 4270 &retval); 4271 } 4272 check_arg_idx(curwin); 4273 4274 /* If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should 4275 * keep it. Also when it moves within a line. But not when it moves 4276 * to the first non-blank. */ 4277 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, orig_pos)) 4278 { 4279 char_u *text = ml_get_curline(); 4280 4281 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != orig_pos.lnum 4282 || curwin->w_cursor.col != (int)(skipwhite(text) - text)) 4283 { 4284 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4285 newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4286 } 4287 } 4288 if (curwin->w_topline == topline) 4289 topline = 0; 4290 4291 /* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */ 4292 changed_line_abv_curs(); 4293 4294 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 4295 maketitle(); 4296 #endif 4297 } 4298 4299 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4300 /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating. 4301 * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will 4302 * have removed it as a diff buffer. */ 4303 if (curwin->w_p_diff) 4304 { 4305 diff_buf_add(curbuf); 4306 diff_invalidate(curbuf); 4307 } 4308 #endif 4309 4310 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4311 /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language. 4312 * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */ 4313 if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL) 4314 (void)did_set_spelllang(curwin); 4315 #endif 4316 4317 if (command == NULL) 4318 { 4319 if (newcol >= 0) /* position set by autocommands */ 4320 { 4321 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; 4322 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; 4323 check_cursor(); 4324 } 4325 else if (newlnum > 0) /* line number from caller or old position */ 4326 { 4327 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; 4328 check_cursor_lnum(); 4329 if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol) 4330 { 4331 /* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */ 4332 curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol; 4333 check_cursor_col(); 4334 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4335 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 4336 #endif 4337 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 4338 } 4339 else 4340 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 4341 } 4342 else /* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */ 4343 { 4344 if (exmode_active) 4345 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4346 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 4347 } 4348 } 4349 4350 /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */ 4351 check_lnums(FALSE); 4352 4353 /* 4354 * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file. 4355 * Do this after setting the cursor. 4356 */ 4357 if (oldbuf && !auto_buf) 4358 { 4359 int msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll; 4360 4361 /* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file 4362 * message. */ 4363 if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0) 4364 msg_scroll = FALSE; 4365 if (!msg_scroll) /* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */ 4366 check_for_delay(FALSE); 4367 msg_start(); 4368 msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save; 4369 msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE; 4370 4371 if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO)) 4372 fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 4373 4374 msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE; 4375 } 4376 4377 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 4378 curbuf->b_last_used = vim_time(); 4379 #endif 4380 4381 if (command != NULL) 4382 do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE); 4383 4384 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 4385 if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT) 4386 (void)keymap_init(); 4387 #endif 4388 4389 --RedrawingDisabled; 4390 did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE; 4391 if (!skip_redraw) 4392 { 4393 n = p_so; 4394 if (topline == 0 && command == NULL) 4395 p_so = 999; /* force cursor halfway the window */ 4396 update_topline(); 4397 curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline; 4398 p_so = n; 4399 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); /* redraw this buffer later */ 4400 } 4401 4402 if (p_im) 4403 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 4404 4405 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR 4406 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and we aren't already in 4407 * that directory (should already be done above). Expect getcwd() to be 4408 * faster than calling shorten_fnames() unnecessarily. */ 4409 if (p_acd && curbuf->b_ffname != NULL) 4410 { 4411 char_u curdir[MAXPATHL]; 4412 char_u filedir[MAXPATHL]; 4413 4414 vim_strncpy(filedir, curbuf->b_ffname, MAXPATHL - 1); 4415 *gettail_sep(filedir) = NUL; 4416 if (mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL) != FAIL 4417 && vim_fnamecmp(curdir, filedir) != 0) 4418 do_autochdir(); 4419 } 4420 #endif 4421 4422 #if defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) 4423 if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL) 4424 { 4425 # ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 4426 if (gui.in_use && usingSunWorkShop) 4427 workshop_file_opened((char *)curbuf->b_ffname, curbuf->b_p_ro); 4428 # endif 4429 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 4430 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP) 4431 netbeans_file_opened(curbuf); 4432 # endif 4433 } 4434 #endif 4435 4436 theend: 4437 if (did_inc_redrawing_disabled) 4438 --RedrawingDisabled; 4439 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 4440 if (did_set_swapcommand) 4441 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1); 4442 #endif 4443 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 4444 vim_free(browse_file); 4445 #endif 4446 vim_free(free_fname); 4447 return retval; 4448 } 4449 4450 static void 4451 delbuf_msg(char_u *name) 4452 { 4453 EMSG2(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"), 4454 name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name); 4455 vim_free(name); 4456 au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL; 4457 au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0; 4458 } 4459 4460 static int append_indent = 0; /* autoindent for first line */ 4461 4462 /* 4463 * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change" 4464 */ 4465 void 4466 ex_append(exarg_T *eap) 4467 { 4468 char_u *theline; 4469 int did_undo = FALSE; 4470 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; 4471 int indent = 0; 4472 char_u *p; 4473 int vcol; 4474 int empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY); 4475 4476 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ 4477 if (eap->forceit) 4478 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; 4479 4480 /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */ 4481 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0) 4482 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); 4483 4484 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) 4485 --lnum; 4486 4487 /* when the buffer is empty need to delete the dummy line */ 4488 if (empty && lnum == 1) 4489 lnum = 0; 4490 4491 State = INSERT; /* behave like in Insert mode */ 4492 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 4493 State |= LANGMAP; 4494 4495 for (;;) 4496 { 4497 msg_scroll = TRUE; 4498 need_wait_return = FALSE; 4499 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) 4500 { 4501 if (append_indent >= 0) 4502 { 4503 indent = append_indent; 4504 append_indent = -1; 4505 } 4506 else if (lnum > 0) 4507 indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); 4508 } 4509 ex_keep_indent = FALSE; 4510 if (eap->getline == NULL) 4511 { 4512 /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends 4513 * when there is no more. */ 4514 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL) 4515 break; 4516 p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL); 4517 if (p == NULL) 4518 p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd); 4519 theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd)); 4520 if (*p != NUL) 4521 ++p; 4522 eap->nextcmd = p; 4523 } 4524 else 4525 { 4526 int save_State = State; 4527 4528 /* Set State to avoid the cursor shape to be set to INSERT mode 4529 * when getline() returns. */ 4530 State = CMDLINE; 4531 theline = eap->getline( 4532 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4533 eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 : 4534 #endif 4535 NUL, eap->cookie, indent); 4536 State = save_State; 4537 } 4538 lines_left = Rows - 1; 4539 if (theline == NULL) 4540 break; 4541 4542 /* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */ 4543 if (ex_keep_indent) 4544 append_indent = indent; 4545 4546 /* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */ 4547 vcol = 0; 4548 for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p) 4549 { 4550 if (*p == ' ') 4551 ++vcol; 4552 else if (*p == TAB) 4553 vcol += 8 - vcol % 8; 4554 else 4555 break; 4556 } 4557 if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL) 4558 || (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0)) 4559 == FAIL)) 4560 { 4561 vim_free(theline); 4562 break; 4563 } 4564 4565 /* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */ 4566 if (p[0] == NUL) 4567 theline[0] = NUL; 4568 4569 did_undo = TRUE; 4570 ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 4571 appended_lines_mark(lnum + (empty ? 1 : 0), 1L); 4572 4573 vim_free(theline); 4574 ++lnum; 4575 4576 if (empty) 4577 { 4578 ml_delete(2L, FALSE); 4579 empty = FALSE; 4580 } 4581 } 4582 State = NORMAL; 4583 4584 if (eap->forceit) 4585 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; 4586 4587 /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when 4588 * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended) 4589 * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise 4590 * it is the same than "start" -- Acevedo */ 4591 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ? 4592 eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4593 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) 4594 --curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; 4595 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum) 4596 ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; 4597 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 4598 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 4599 check_cursor_lnum(); 4600 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 4601 4602 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* don't use wait_return() now */ 4603 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; 4604 } 4605 4606 /* 4607 * ":change" 4608 */ 4609 void 4610 ex_change(exarg_T *eap) 4611 { 4612 linenr_T lnum; 4613 4614 if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1 4615 && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL) 4616 return; 4617 4618 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ 4619 if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai) 4620 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1); 4621 4622 for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum) 4623 { 4624 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ 4625 break; 4626 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); 4627 } 4628 4629 /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */ 4630 check_cursor_lnum(); 4631 deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum)); 4632 4633 /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */ 4634 eap->line2 = eap->line1; 4635 ex_append(eap); 4636 } 4637 4638 void 4639 ex_z(exarg_T *eap) 4640 { 4641 char_u *x; 4642 long bigness; 4643 char_u *kind; 4644 int minus = 0; 4645 linenr_T start, end, curs, i; 4646 int j; 4647 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; 4648 4649 /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses 4650 * 'scroll' */ 4651 if (eap->forceit) 4652 bigness = curwin->w_height; 4653 else if (!ONE_WINDOW) 4654 bigness = curwin->w_height - 3; 4655 else 4656 bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2; 4657 if (bigness < 1) 4658 bigness = 1; 4659 4660 x = eap->arg; 4661 kind = x; 4662 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '=' 4663 || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.') 4664 ++x; 4665 while (*x == '-' || *x == '+') 4666 ++x; 4667 4668 if (*x != 0) 4669 { 4670 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x)) 4671 { 4672 EMSG(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z")); 4673 return; 4674 } 4675 else 4676 { 4677 bigness = atol((char *)x); 4678 4679 /* bigness could be < 0 if atol(x) overflows. */ 4680 if (bigness > 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count || bigness < 0) 4681 bigness = 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4682 4683 p_window = bigness; 4684 if (*kind == '=') 4685 bigness += 2; 4686 } 4687 } 4688 4689 /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */ 4690 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+') 4691 for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x) 4692 ; 4693 4694 switch (*kind) 4695 { 4696 case '-': 4697 start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1; 4698 end = start + bigness - 1; 4699 curs = end; 4700 break; 4701 4702 case '=': 4703 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; 4704 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; 4705 curs = lnum; 4706 minus = 1; 4707 break; 4708 4709 case '^': 4710 start = lnum - bigness * 2; 4711 end = lnum - bigness; 4712 curs = lnum - bigness; 4713 break; 4714 4715 case '.': 4716 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; 4717 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; 4718 curs = end; 4719 break; 4720 4721 default: /* '+' */ 4722 start = lnum; 4723 if (*kind == '+') 4724 start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1; 4725 else if (eap->addr_count == 0) 4726 ++start; 4727 end = start + bigness - 1; 4728 curs = end; 4729 break; 4730 } 4731 4732 if (start < 1) 4733 start = 1; 4734 4735 if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4736 end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4737 4738 if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4739 curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4740 else if (curs < 1) 4741 curs = 1; 4742 4743 for (i = start; i <= end; i++) 4744 { 4745 if (minus && i == lnum) 4746 { 4747 msg_putchar('\n'); 4748 4749 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) 4750 msg_putchar('-'); 4751 } 4752 4753 print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST); 4754 4755 if (minus && i == lnum) 4756 { 4757 msg_putchar('\n'); 4758 4759 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) 4760 msg_putchar('-'); 4761 } 4762 } 4763 4764 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curs) 4765 { 4766 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs; 4767 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 4768 } 4769 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; 4770 } 4771 4772 /* 4773 * Check if the restricted flag is set. 4774 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. 4775 * Otherwise, return FALSE. 4776 */ 4777 int 4778 check_restricted(void) 4779 { 4780 if (restricted) 4781 { 4782 EMSG(_("E145: Shell commands not allowed in rvim")); 4783 return TRUE; 4784 } 4785 return FALSE; 4786 } 4787 4788 /* 4789 * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory). 4790 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. 4791 * Otherwise, return FALSE. 4792 */ 4793 int 4794 check_secure(void) 4795 { 4796 if (secure) 4797 { 4798 secure = 2; 4799 EMSG(_(e_curdir)); 4800 return TRUE; 4801 } 4802 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 4803 /* 4804 * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things 4805 * disallowed in secure mode. 4806 */ 4807 if (sandbox != 0) 4808 { 4809 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 4810 return TRUE; 4811 } 4812 #endif 4813 return FALSE; 4814 } 4815 4816 static char_u *old_sub = NULL; /* previous substitute pattern */ 4817 static int global_need_beginline; /* call beginline() after ":g" */ 4818 4819 /* 4820 * Flags that are kept between calls to :substitute. 4821 */ 4822 typedef struct { 4823 int do_all; /* do multiple substitutions per line */ 4824 int do_ask; /* ask for confirmation */ 4825 int do_count; /* count only */ 4826 int do_error; /* if false, ignore errors */ 4827 int do_print; /* print last line with subs. */ 4828 int do_list; /* list last line with subs. */ 4829 int do_number; /* list last line with line nr*/ 4830 int do_ic; /* ignore case flag */ 4831 } subflags_T; 4832 4833 /* do_sub() 4834 * 4835 * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the 4836 * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form: 4837 * 4838 * /pattern/substitution/{flags} 4839 * 4840 * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs. 4841 */ 4842 void 4843 do_sub(exarg_T *eap) 4844 { 4845 linenr_T lnum; 4846 long i = 0; 4847 regmmatch_T regmatch; 4848 static subflags_T subflags = {FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, 4849 FALSE, FALSE, 0}; 4850 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4851 subflags_T subflags_save; 4852 #endif 4853 int save_do_all; /* remember user specified 'g' flag */ 4854 int save_do_ask; /* remember user specified 'c' flag */ 4855 char_u *pat = NULL, *sub = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 4856 int delimiter; 4857 int sublen; 4858 int got_quit = FALSE; 4859 int got_match = FALSE; 4860 int temp; 4861 int which_pat; 4862 char_u *cmd; 4863 int save_State; 4864 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ 4865 linenr_T last_line= 0; /* below last changed line AFTER the 4866 * change */ 4867 linenr_T old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4868 linenr_T line2; 4869 long nmatch; /* number of lines in match */ 4870 char_u *sub_firstline; /* allocated copy of first sub line */ 4871 int endcolumn = FALSE; /* cursor in last column when done */ 4872 pos_T old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; 4873 int start_nsubs; 4874 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4875 int save_ma = 0; 4876 #endif 4877 4878 cmd = eap->arg; 4879 if (!global_busy) 4880 { 4881 sub_nsubs = 0; 4882 sub_nlines = 0; 4883 } 4884 start_nsubs = sub_nsubs; 4885 4886 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde) 4887 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ 4888 else 4889 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use last substitute regexp */ 4890 4891 /* new pattern and substitution */ 4892 if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !VIM_ISWHITE(*cmd) 4893 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL) 4894 { 4895 /* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */ 4896 if (isalpha(*cmd)) 4897 { 4898 EMSG(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters")); 4899 return; 4900 } 4901 /* 4902 * undocumented vi feature: 4903 * "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like 4904 * //sub/r). "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/). 4905 */ 4906 if (*cmd == '\\') 4907 { 4908 ++cmd; 4909 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) 4910 { 4911 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); 4912 return; 4913 } 4914 if (*cmd != '&') 4915 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use last '/' pattern */ 4916 pat = (char_u *)""; /* empty search pattern */ 4917 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ 4918 } 4919 else /* find the end of the regexp */ 4920 { 4921 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* reverse the flow of the Farsi characters */ 4922 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) 4923 lrF_sub(cmd); 4924 #endif 4925 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ 4926 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ 4927 pat = cmd; /* remember start of search pat */ 4928 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg); 4929 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ 4930 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 4931 } 4932 4933 /* 4934 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in 4935 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL. 4936 */ 4937 sub = cmd; /* remember the start of the substitution */ 4938 4939 while (cmd[0]) 4940 { 4941 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ 4942 { 4943 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 4944 break; 4945 } 4946 if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0) /* skip escaped characters */ 4947 ++cmd; 4948 MB_PTR_ADV(cmd); 4949 } 4950 4951 if (!eap->skip) 4952 { 4953 /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */ 4954 if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0 4955 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL) 4956 { 4957 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ 4958 { 4959 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); 4960 return; 4961 } 4962 sub = old_sub; 4963 } 4964 else 4965 { 4966 vim_free(old_sub); 4967 old_sub = vim_strsave(sub); 4968 } 4969 } 4970 } 4971 else if (!eap->skip) /* use previous pattern and substitution */ 4972 { 4973 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ 4974 { 4975 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); 4976 return; 4977 } 4978 pat = NULL; /* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */ 4979 sub = old_sub; 4980 4981 /* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the 4982 * last column after using "$". */ 4983 endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); 4984 } 4985 4986 /* Recognize ":%s/\n//" and turn it into a join command, which is much 4987 * more efficient. 4988 * TODO: find a generic solution to make line-joining operations more 4989 * efficient, avoid allocating a string that grows in size. 4990 */ 4991 if (pat != NULL && STRCMP(pat, "\\n") == 0 4992 && *sub == NUL 4993 && (*cmd == NUL || (cmd[1] == NUL && (*cmd == 'g' || *cmd == 'l' 4994 || *cmd == 'p' || *cmd == '#')))) 4995 { 4996 linenr_T joined_lines_count; 4997 4998 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 4999 if (*cmd == 'l') 5000 eap->flags = EXFLAG_LIST; 5001 else if (*cmd == '#') 5002 eap->flags = EXFLAG_NR; 5003 else if (*cmd == 'p') 5004 eap->flags = EXFLAG_PRINT; 5005 5006 /* The number of lines joined is the number of lines in the range plus 5007 * one. One less when the last line is included. */ 5008 joined_lines_count = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1; 5009 if (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5010 ++joined_lines_count; 5011 if (joined_lines_count > 1) 5012 { 5013 (void)do_join(joined_lines_count, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE); 5014 sub_nsubs = joined_lines_count - 1; 5015 sub_nlines = 1; 5016 (void)do_sub_msg(FALSE); 5017 ex_may_print(eap); 5018 } 5019 5020 if (!cmdmod.keeppatterns) 5021 save_re_pat(RE_SUBST, pat, p_magic); 5022 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 5023 /* put pattern in history */ 5024 add_to_history(HIST_SEARCH, pat, TRUE, NUL); 5025 #endif 5026 5027 return; 5028 } 5029 5030 /* 5031 * Find trailing options. When '&' is used, keep old options. 5032 */ 5033 if (*cmd == '&') 5034 ++cmd; 5035 else 5036 { 5037 if (!p_ed) 5038 { 5039 if (p_gd) /* default is global on */ 5040 subflags.do_all = TRUE; 5041 else 5042 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 5043 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 5044 } 5045 subflags.do_error = TRUE; 5046 subflags.do_print = FALSE; 5047 subflags.do_count = FALSE; 5048 subflags.do_number = FALSE; 5049 subflags.do_ic = 0; 5050 } 5051 while (*cmd) 5052 { 5053 /* 5054 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off. 5055 * 'r' is never inverted. 5056 */ 5057 if (*cmd == 'g') 5058 subflags.do_all = !subflags.do_all; 5059 else if (*cmd == 'c') 5060 subflags.do_ask = !subflags.do_ask; 5061 else if (*cmd == 'n') 5062 subflags.do_count = TRUE; 5063 else if (*cmd == 'e') 5064 subflags.do_error = !subflags.do_error; 5065 else if (*cmd == 'r') /* use last used regexp */ 5066 which_pat = RE_LAST; 5067 else if (*cmd == 'p') 5068 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 5069 else if (*cmd == '#') 5070 { 5071 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 5072 subflags.do_number = TRUE; 5073 } 5074 else if (*cmd == 'l') 5075 { 5076 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 5077 subflags.do_list = TRUE; 5078 } 5079 else if (*cmd == 'i') /* ignore case */ 5080 subflags.do_ic = 'i'; 5081 else if (*cmd == 'I') /* don't ignore case */ 5082 subflags.do_ic = 'I'; 5083 else 5084 break; 5085 ++cmd; 5086 } 5087 if (subflags.do_count) 5088 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 5089 5090 save_do_all = subflags.do_all; 5091 save_do_ask = subflags.do_ask; 5092 5093 /* 5094 * check for a trailing count 5095 */ 5096 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); 5097 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd)) 5098 { 5099 i = getdigits(&cmd); 5100 if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && subflags.do_error) 5101 { 5102 EMSG(_(e_zerocount)); 5103 return; 5104 } 5105 eap->line1 = eap->line2; 5106 eap->line2 += i - 1; 5107 if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5108 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 5109 } 5110 5111 /* 5112 * check for trailing command or garbage 5113 */ 5114 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); 5115 if (*cmd && *cmd != '"') /* if not end-of-line or comment */ 5116 { 5117 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd); 5118 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL) 5119 { 5120 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 5121 return; 5122 } 5123 } 5124 5125 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands, only parsing */ 5126 return; 5127 5128 if (!subflags.do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma) 5129 { 5130 /* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */ 5131 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); 5132 return; 5133 } 5134 5135 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) 5136 { 5137 if (subflags.do_error) 5138 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); 5139 return; 5140 } 5141 5142 /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */ 5143 if (subflags.do_ic == 'i') 5144 regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE; 5145 else if (subflags.do_ic == 'I') 5146 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; 5147 5148 sub_firstline = NULL; 5149 5150 /* 5151 * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern. 5152 * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again. 5153 * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression. 5154 */ 5155 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) 5156 sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic); 5157 5158 /* 5159 * Check for a match on each line. 5160 */ 5161 line2 = eap->line2; 5162 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit 5163 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 5164 || aborting() 5165 #endif 5166 ); ++lnum) 5167 { 5168 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 5169 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 5170 if (nmatch) 5171 { 5172 colnr_T copycol; 5173 colnr_T matchcol; 5174 colnr_T prev_matchcol = MAXCOL; 5175 char_u *new_end, *new_start = NULL; 5176 unsigned new_start_len = 0; 5177 char_u *p1; 5178 int did_sub = FALSE; 5179 int lastone; 5180 int len, copy_len, needed_len; 5181 long nmatch_tl = 0; /* nr of lines matched below lnum */ 5182 int do_again; /* do it again after joining lines */ 5183 int skip_match = FALSE; 5184 linenr_T sub_firstlnum; /* nr of first sub line */ 5185 5186 /* 5187 * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much 5188 * copying. There are these pieces: 5189 * sub_firstline The old text, unmodified. 5190 * copycol Column in the old text where we started 5191 * looking for a match; from here old text still 5192 * needs to be copied to the new text. 5193 * matchcol Column number of the old text where to look 5194 * for the next match. It's just after the 5195 * previous match or one further. 5196 * prev_matchcol Column just after the previous match (if any). 5197 * Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first 5198 * match and after skipping an empty match. 5199 * regmatch.*pos Where the pattern matched in the old text. 5200 * new_start The new text, all that has been produced so 5201 * far. 5202 * new_end The new text, where to append new text. 5203 * 5204 * lnum The line number where we found the start of 5205 * the match. Can be below the line we searched 5206 * when there is a \n before a \zs in the 5207 * pattern. 5208 * sub_firstlnum The line number in the buffer where to look 5209 * for a match. Can be different from "lnum" 5210 * when the pattern or substitute string contains 5211 * line breaks. 5212 * 5213 * Special situations: 5214 * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up 5215 * to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of 5216 * the original line is kept. "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for 5217 * the inserted lines. 5218 * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line 5219 * is taken from the line at the end of the pattern. The lines 5220 * in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted 5221 * accordingly. 5222 * 5223 * The new text is built up in new_start[]. It has some extra 5224 * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often. new_start_len is 5225 * the length of the allocated memory at new_start. 5226 * 5227 * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when 5228 * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match. The "old_" 5229 * pointers point into this copy. 5230 */ 5231 sub_firstlnum = lnum; 5232 copycol = 0; 5233 matchcol = 0; 5234 5235 /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */ 5236 if (!got_match) 5237 { 5238 setpcmark(); 5239 got_match = TRUE; 5240 } 5241 5242 /* 5243 * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line. 5244 * 1. Handle match with empty string. 5245 * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. 5246 * 3. substitute the string. 5247 * 4. if do_all is set, find next match 5248 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line 5249 */ 5250 for (;;) 5251 { 5252 /* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts. The 5253 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line 5254 * break before \zs. */ 5255 if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) 5256 { 5257 lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5258 sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5259 nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5260 VIM_CLEAR(sub_firstline); 5261 } 5262 5263 if (sub_firstline == NULL) 5264 { 5265 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); 5266 if (sub_firstline == NULL) 5267 { 5268 vim_free(new_start); 5269 goto outofmem; 5270 } 5271 } 5272 5273 /* Save the line number of the last change for the final 5274 * cursor position (just like Vi). */ 5275 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 5276 do_again = FALSE; 5277 5278 /* 5279 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first 5280 * match. This reproduces the strange vi behaviour. 5281 * This also catches endless loops. 5282 */ 5283 if (matchcol == prev_matchcol 5284 && regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0 5285 && matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col) 5286 { 5287 if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL) 5288 /* We already were at the end of the line. Don't look 5289 * for a match in this line again. */ 5290 skip_match = TRUE; 5291 else 5292 { 5293 /* search for a match at next column */ 5294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5295 if (has_mbyte) 5296 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol); 5297 else 5298 #endif 5299 ++matchcol; 5300 } 5301 goto skip; 5302 } 5303 5304 /* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the 5305 * previous match. */ 5306 matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 5307 prev_matchcol = matchcol; 5308 5309 /* 5310 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter. 5311 * If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. 5312 */ 5313 if (subflags.do_count) 5314 { 5315 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at 5316 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that 5317 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. 5318 * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */ 5319 if (nmatch > 1) 5320 { 5321 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); 5322 nmatch = 1; 5323 skip_match = TRUE; 5324 } 5325 sub_nsubs++; 5326 did_sub = TRUE; 5327 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5328 /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used, 5329 * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */ 5330 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) 5331 #endif 5332 goto skip; 5333 } 5334 5335 if (subflags.do_ask) 5336 { 5337 int typed = 0; 5338 5339 /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works 5340 * properly */ 5341 save_State = State; 5342 State = CONFIRM; 5343 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 5344 setmouse(); /* disable mouse in xterm */ 5345 #endif 5346 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; 5347 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 5348 do_check_cursorbind(); 5349 5350 /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when 5351 * asking for confirmation. */ 5352 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) 5353 ++no_u_sync; 5354 5355 /* 5356 * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed. 5357 */ 5358 while (subflags.do_ask) 5359 { 5360 if (exmode_active) 5361 { 5362 char_u *resp; 5363 colnr_T sc, ec; 5364 5365 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, 5366 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list); 5367 5368 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL); 5369 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1; 5370 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < 0) 5371 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5372 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec); 5373 if (subflags.do_number || curwin->w_p_nu) 5374 { 5375 int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1; 5376 sc += numw; 5377 ec += numw; 5378 } 5379 msg_start(); 5380 for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i) 5381 msg_putchar(' '); 5382 for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i) 5383 msg_putchar('^'); 5384 5385 resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0); 5386 if (resp != NULL) 5387 { 5388 typed = *resp; 5389 vim_free(resp); 5390 } 5391 } 5392 else 5393 { 5394 char_u *orig_line = NULL; 5395 int len_change = 0; 5396 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5397 int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen; 5398 5399 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; 5400 #endif 5401 /* Invert the matched string. 5402 * Remove the inversion afterwards. */ 5403 temp = RedrawingDisabled; 5404 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5405 5406 if (new_start != NULL) 5407 { 5408 /* There already was a substitution, we would 5409 * like to show this to the user. We cannot 5410 * really update the line, it would change 5411 * what matches. Temporarily replace the line 5412 * and change it back afterwards. */ 5413 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); 5414 if (orig_line != NULL) 5415 { 5416 char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start, 5417 sub_firstline + copycol); 5418 5419 if (new_line == NULL) 5420 VIM_CLEAR(orig_line); 5421 else 5422 { 5423 /* Position the cursor relative to the 5424 * end of the line, the previous 5425 * substitute may have inserted or 5426 * deleted characters before the 5427 * cursor. */ 5428 len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line) 5429 - (int)STRLEN(orig_line); 5430 curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change; 5431 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); 5432 } 5433 } 5434 } 5435 5436 search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum 5437 - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5438 search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col 5439 + len_change; 5440 highlight_match = TRUE; 5441 5442 update_topline(); 5443 validate_cursor(); 5444 update_screen(SOME_VALID); 5445 highlight_match = FALSE; 5446 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); 5447 5448 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5449 curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen; 5450 #endif 5451 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) 5452 msg_didout = FALSE; /* avoid a scroll-up */ 5453 msg_starthere(); 5454 i = msg_scroll; 5455 msg_scroll = 0; /* truncate msg when 5456 needed */ 5457 msg_no_more = TRUE; 5458 /* write message same highlighting as for 5459 * wait_return */ 5460 smsg_attr(HL_ATTR(HLF_R), 5461 (char_u *)_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub); 5462 msg_no_more = FALSE; 5463 msg_scroll = i; 5464 showruler(TRUE); 5465 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 5466 RedrawingDisabled = temp; 5467 5468 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5469 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 5470 #endif 5471 ++no_mapping; /* don't map this key */ 5472 ++allow_keys; /* allow special keys */ 5473 typed = plain_vgetc(); 5474 --allow_keys; 5475 --no_mapping; 5476 5477 /* clear the question */ 5478 msg_didout = FALSE; /* don't scroll up */ 5479 msg_col = 0; 5480 gotocmdline(TRUE); 5481 5482 /* restore the line */ 5483 if (orig_line != NULL) 5484 ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 5485 } 5486 5487 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */ 5488 if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C 5489 #ifdef UNIX 5490 || typed == intr_char 5491 #endif 5492 ) 5493 { 5494 got_quit = TRUE; 5495 break; 5496 } 5497 if (typed == 'n') 5498 break; 5499 if (typed == 'y') 5500 break; 5501 if (typed == 'l') 5502 { 5503 /* last: replace and then stop */ 5504 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 5505 line2 = lnum; 5506 break; 5507 } 5508 if (typed == 'a') 5509 { 5510 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 5511 break; 5512 } 5513 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 5514 if (typed == Ctrl_E) 5515 scrollup_clamp(); 5516 else if (typed == Ctrl_Y) 5517 scrolldown_clamp(); 5518 #endif 5519 } 5520 State = save_State; 5521 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 5522 setmouse(); 5523 #endif 5524 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) 5525 --no_u_sync; 5526 5527 if (typed == 'n') 5528 { 5529 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at 5530 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that 5531 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. 5532 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc" 5533 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */ 5534 if (nmatch > 1) 5535 { 5536 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); 5537 skip_match = TRUE; 5538 } 5539 goto skip; 5540 } 5541 if (got_quit) 5542 goto skip; 5543 } 5544 5545 /* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can 5546 * use "\=col("."). */ 5547 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; 5548 5549 /* 5550 * 3. substitute the string. 5551 */ 5552 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5553 if (subflags.do_count) 5554 { 5555 /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */ 5556 save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma; 5557 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; 5558 sandbox++; 5559 } 5560 /* Save flags for recursion. They can change for e.g. 5561 * :s/^/\=execute("s#^##gn") */ 5562 subflags_save = subflags; 5563 #endif 5564 /* get length of substitution part */ 5565 sublen = vim_regsub_multi(®match, 5566 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, 5567 sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE); 5568 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5569 /* Don't keep flags set by a recursive call. */ 5570 subflags = subflags_save; 5571 if (subflags.do_count) 5572 { 5573 curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma; 5574 if (sandbox > 0) 5575 sandbox--; 5576 goto skip; 5577 } 5578 #endif 5579 5580 /* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may 5581 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */ 5582 if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1) 5583 { 5584 nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1; 5585 skip_match = TRUE; 5586 } 5587 5588 /* Need room for: 5589 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line) 5590 * - original text up to match 5591 * - length of substituted part 5592 * - original text after match 5593 */ 5594 if (nmatch == 1) 5595 p1 = sub_firstline; 5596 else 5597 { 5598 p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1); 5599 nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1; 5600 } 5601 copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol; 5602 needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1) 5603 - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1; 5604 if (new_start == NULL) 5605 { 5606 /* 5607 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the 5608 * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid 5609 * too many calls to alloc()/free()). 5610 */ 5611 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; 5612 if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) 5613 goto outofmem; 5614 *new_start = NUL; 5615 new_end = new_start; 5616 } 5617 else 5618 { 5619 /* 5620 * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the 5621 * substitution into. If not, make it larger (with a bit 5622 * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()). 5623 */ 5624 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start); 5625 needed_len += len; 5626 if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len) 5627 { 5628 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; 5629 if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) 5630 { 5631 vim_free(new_start); 5632 goto outofmem; 5633 } 5634 mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1)); 5635 vim_free(new_start); 5636 new_start = p1; 5637 } 5638 new_end = new_start + len; 5639 } 5640 5641 /* 5642 * copy the text up to the part that matched 5643 */ 5644 mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len); 5645 new_end += copy_len; 5646 5647 (void)vim_regsub_multi(®match, 5648 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, 5649 sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE); 5650 sub_nsubs++; 5651 did_sub = TRUE; 5652 5653 /* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it 5654 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */ 5655 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5656 5657 /* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched 5658 * line and continue in that one. */ 5659 if (nmatch > 1) 5660 { 5661 sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1; 5662 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5663 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); 5664 /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */ 5665 if (sub_firstlnum <= line2) 5666 do_again = TRUE; 5667 else 5668 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 5669 } 5670 5671 /* Remember next character to be copied. */ 5672 copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 5673 5674 if (skip_match) 5675 { 5676 /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one 5677 * less than what it ought to be. */ 5678 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5679 sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); 5680 copycol = 0; 5681 } 5682 5683 /* 5684 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line 5685 * break. This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in 5686 * the text. The line break can be avoided by preceding the 5687 * CTRL-M with a backslash. To be able to insert a backslash, 5688 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here. 5689 * That is Vi compatible. 5690 */ 5691 for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1) 5692 { 5693 if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL) /* remove backslash */ 5694 STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1); 5695 else if (*p1 == CAR) 5696 { 5697 if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK) /* prepare for undo */ 5698 { 5699 *p1 = NUL; /* truncate up to the CR */ 5700 ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start, 5701 (colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1), FALSE); 5702 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); 5703 if (subflags.do_ask) 5704 appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L); 5705 else 5706 { 5707 if (first_line == 0) 5708 first_line = lnum; 5709 last_line = lnum + 1; 5710 } 5711 /* All line numbers increase. */ 5712 ++sub_firstlnum; 5713 ++lnum; 5714 ++line2; 5715 /* move the cursor to the new line, like Vi */ 5716 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5717 /* copy the rest */ 5718 STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1); 5719 p1 = new_start - 1; 5720 } 5721 } 5722 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5723 else if (has_mbyte) 5724 p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1; 5725 #endif 5726 } 5727 5728 /* 5729 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match. 5730 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty 5731 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g. 5732 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK. 5733 */ 5734 skip: 5735 /* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at 5736 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like 5737 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL. "lnum" can be below 5738 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line 5739 * break. */ 5740 lastone = (skip_match 5741 || got_int 5742 || got_quit 5743 || lnum > line2 5744 || !(subflags.do_all || do_again) 5745 || (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1 5746 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog))); 5747 nmatch = -1; 5748 5749 /* 5750 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed. This is 5751 * skipped when there are more matches. 5752 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line 5753 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another 5754 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work. 5755 * When the match starts below where we start searching also 5756 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n). 5757 */ 5758 if (lastone 5759 || nmatch_tl > 0 5760 || (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, 5761 curbuf, sub_firstlnum, 5762 matchcol, NULL, NULL)) == 0 5763 || regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) 5764 { 5765 if (new_start != NULL) 5766 { 5767 /* 5768 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match. 5769 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of 5770 * the line as reference, because the substitute may 5771 * have changed the number of characters. Same for 5772 * "prev_matchcol". 5773 */ 5774 STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol); 5775 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; 5776 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) 5777 - prev_matchcol; 5778 5779 if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK) 5780 break; 5781 ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE); 5782 5783 if (nmatch_tl > 0) 5784 { 5785 /* 5786 * Matched lines have now been substituted and are 5787 * useless, delete them. The part after the match 5788 * has been appended to new_start, we don't need 5789 * it in the buffer. 5790 */ 5791 ++lnum; 5792 if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK) 5793 break; 5794 for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i) 5795 ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE); 5796 mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1, 5797 (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl); 5798 if (subflags.do_ask) 5799 deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl); 5800 --lnum; 5801 line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */ 5802 nmatch_tl = 0; 5803 } 5804 5805 /* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set 5806 * changed flag each time. */ 5807 if (subflags.do_ask) 5808 changed_bytes(lnum, 0); 5809 else 5810 { 5811 if (first_line == 0) 5812 first_line = lnum; 5813 last_line = lnum + 1; 5814 } 5815 5816 sub_firstlnum = lnum; 5817 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the temp buffer */ 5818 sub_firstline = new_start; 5819 new_start = NULL; 5820 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; 5821 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) 5822 - prev_matchcol; 5823 copycol = 0; 5824 } 5825 if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone) 5826 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, 5827 sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL, NULL); 5828 5829 /* 5830 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line 5831 */ 5832 if (nmatch <= 0) 5833 { 5834 /* If the match found didn't start where we were 5835 * searching, do the next search in the line where we 5836 * found the match. */ 5837 if (nmatch == -1) 5838 lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5839 break; 5840 } 5841 } 5842 5843 line_breakcheck(); 5844 } 5845 5846 if (did_sub) 5847 ++sub_nlines; 5848 vim_free(new_start); /* for when substitute was cancelled */ 5849 VIM_CLEAR(sub_firstline); /* free the copy of the original line */ 5850 } 5851 5852 line_breakcheck(); 5853 } 5854 5855 if (first_line != 0) 5856 { 5857 /* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get 5858 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of 5859 * deleted lines). */ 5860 i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; 5861 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i); 5862 } 5863 5864 outofmem: 5865 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */ 5866 5867 /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */ 5868 if (subflags.do_count) 5869 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; 5870 5871 if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs) 5872 { 5873 /* Set the '[ and '] marks. */ 5874 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1; 5875 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 5876 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 5877 5878 if (!global_busy) 5879 { 5880 /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */ 5881 if (!subflags.do_ask) 5882 { 5883 if (endcolumn) 5884 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 5885 else 5886 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 5887 } 5888 if (!do_sub_msg(subflags.do_count) && subflags.do_ask) 5889 MSG(""); 5890 } 5891 else 5892 global_need_beginline = TRUE; 5893 if (subflags.do_print) 5894 print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 5895 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list); 5896 } 5897 else if (!global_busy) 5898 { 5899 if (got_int) /* interrupted */ 5900 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 5901 else if (got_match) /* did find something but nothing substituted */ 5902 MSG(""); 5903 else if (subflags.do_error) /* nothing found */ 5904 EMSG2(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat()); 5905 } 5906 5907 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5908 if (subflags.do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 5909 /* Cursor position may require updating */ 5910 changed_window_setting(); 5911 #endif 5912 5913 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 5914 5915 /* Restore the flag values, they can be used for ":&&". */ 5916 subflags.do_all = save_do_all; 5917 subflags.do_ask = save_do_ask; 5918 } 5919 5920 /* 5921 * Give message for number of substitutions. 5922 * Can also be used after a ":global" command. 5923 * Return TRUE if a message was given. 5924 */ 5925 int 5926 do_sub_msg( 5927 int count_only) /* used 'n' flag for ":s" */ 5928 { 5929 /* 5930 * Only report substitutions when: 5931 * - more than 'report' substitutions 5932 * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report' 5933 * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw' 5934 */ 5935 if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1)) 5936 || count_only) 5937 && messaging()) 5938 { 5939 char *msg_single; 5940 char *msg_plural; 5941 5942 if (got_int) 5943 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) ")); 5944 else 5945 *msg_buf = NUL; 5946 5947 msg_single = count_only 5948 ? NGETTEXT("%ld match on %ld line", 5949 "%ld matches on %ld line", sub_nsubs) 5950 : NGETTEXT("%ld substitution on %ld line", 5951 "%ld substitutions on %ld line", sub_nsubs); 5952 msg_plural = count_only 5953 ? NGETTEXT("%ld match on %ld lines", 5954 "%ld matches on %ld lines", sub_nsubs) 5955 : NGETTEXT("%ld substitution on %ld lines", 5956 "%ld substitutions on %ld lines", sub_nsubs); 5957 5958 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5959 NGETTEXT(msg_single, msg_plural, sub_nlines), 5960 sub_nsubs, (long)sub_nlines); 5961 5962 if (msg(msg_buf)) 5963 /* save message to display it after redraw */ 5964 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); 5965 return TRUE; 5966 } 5967 if (got_int) 5968 { 5969 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 5970 return TRUE; 5971 } 5972 return FALSE; 5973 } 5974 5975 static void 5976 global_exe_one(char_u *cmd, linenr_T lnum) 5977 { 5978 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 5979 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5980 if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n') 5981 do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); 5982 else 5983 do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); 5984 } 5985 5986 /* 5987 * Execute a global command of the form: 5988 * 5989 * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches 5990 * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match 5991 * 5992 * where 'X' is an EX command 5993 * 5994 * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and 5995 * is assumed to be 'p' if missing. 5996 * 5997 * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and 5998 * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command 5999 * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting 6000 * lines we do not know where to search for the next match. 6001 */ 6002 void 6003 ex_global(exarg_T *eap) 6004 { 6005 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ 6006 int ndone = 0; 6007 int type; /* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */ 6008 char_u *cmd; /* command argument */ 6009 6010 char_u delim; /* delimiter, normally '/' */ 6011 char_u *pat; 6012 regmmatch_T regmatch; 6013 int match; 6014 int which_pat; 6015 6016 /* When nesting the command works on one line. This allows for 6017 * ":g/found/v/notfound/command". */ 6018 if (global_busy && (eap->line1 != 1 6019 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)) 6020 { 6021 /* will increment global_busy to break out of the loop */ 6022 EMSG(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive with a range")); 6023 return; 6024 } 6025 6026 if (eap->forceit) /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */ 6027 type = 'v'; 6028 else 6029 type = *eap->cmd; 6030 cmd = eap->arg; 6031 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* default: use last used regexp */ 6032 6033 /* 6034 * undocumented vi feature: 6035 * "\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern. 6036 * "\&": use previous substitute pattern. 6037 */ 6038 if (*cmd == '\\') 6039 { 6040 ++cmd; 6041 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) 6042 { 6043 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); 6044 return; 6045 } 6046 if (*cmd == '&') 6047 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use previous substitute pattern */ 6048 else 6049 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use previous search pattern */ 6050 ++cmd; 6051 pat = (char_u *)""; 6052 } 6053 else if (*cmd == NUL) 6054 { 6055 EMSG(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global")); 6056 return; 6057 } 6058 else 6059 { 6060 delim = *cmd; /* get the delimiter */ 6061 if (delim) 6062 ++cmd; /* skip delimiter if there is one */ 6063 pat = cmd; /* remember start of pattern */ 6064 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg); 6065 if (cmd[0] == delim) /* end delimiter found */ 6066 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 6067 } 6068 6069 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* when in Farsi mode, reverse the character flow */ 6070 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) 6071 lrFswap(pat,0); 6072 #endif 6073 6074 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) 6075 { 6076 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); 6077 return; 6078 } 6079 6080 if (global_busy) 6081 { 6082 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6083 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 6084 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 6085 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) 6086 global_exe_one(cmd, lnum); 6087 } 6088 else 6089 { 6090 /* 6091 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line 6092 */ 6093 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum) 6094 { 6095 /* a match on this line? */ 6096 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 6097 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 6098 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) 6099 { 6100 ml_setmarked(lnum); 6101 ndone++; 6102 } 6103 line_breakcheck(); 6104 } 6105 6106 /* 6107 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked 6108 */ 6109 if (got_int) 6110 MSG(_(e_interr)); 6111 else if (ndone == 0) 6112 { 6113 if (type == 'v') 6114 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat); 6115 else 6116 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat); 6117 } 6118 else 6119 { 6120 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6121 start_global_changes(); 6122 #endif 6123 global_exe(cmd); 6124 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6125 end_global_changes(); 6126 #endif 6127 } 6128 6129 ml_clearmarked(); /* clear rest of the marks */ 6130 } 6131 6132 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 6133 } 6134 6135 /* 6136 * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked(). 6137 */ 6138 void 6139 global_exe(char_u *cmd) 6140 { 6141 linenr_T old_lcount; /* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */ 6142 buf_T *old_buf = curbuf; /* remember what buffer we started in */ 6143 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ 6144 6145 /* 6146 * Set current position only once for a global command. 6147 * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything. 6148 * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented. 6149 */ 6150 setpcmark(); 6151 6152 /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */ 6153 msg_didout = TRUE; 6154 6155 sub_nsubs = 0; 6156 sub_nlines = 0; 6157 global_need_beginline = FALSE; 6158 global_busy = 1; 6159 old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6160 while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1) 6161 { 6162 global_exe_one(cmd, lnum); 6163 ui_breakcheck(); 6164 } 6165 6166 global_busy = 0; 6167 if (global_need_beginline) 6168 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 6169 else 6170 check_cursor(); /* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */ 6171 6172 /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous 6173 * line may move it on the screen */ 6174 changed_line_abv_curs(); 6175 6176 /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the 6177 * command with the report for number of changes. */ 6178 if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0) 6179 msg_didout = FALSE; 6180 6181 /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report 6182 * number of extra or deleted lines. 6183 * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer 6184 * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */ 6185 if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf) 6186 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); 6187 } 6188 6189 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 6190 int 6191 read_viminfo_sub_string(vir_T *virp, int force) 6192 { 6193 if (force) 6194 vim_free(old_sub); 6195 if (force || old_sub == NULL) 6196 old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); 6197 return viminfo_readline(virp); 6198 } 6199 6200 void 6201 write_viminfo_sub_string(FILE *fp) 6202 { 6203 if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL) 6204 { 6205 fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp); 6206 viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub); 6207 } 6208 } 6209 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ 6210 6211 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 6212 void 6213 free_old_sub(void) 6214 { 6215 vim_free(old_sub); 6216 } 6217 #endif 6218 6219 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) || defined(PROTO) 6220 /* 6221 * Set up for a tagpreview. 6222 * Return TRUE when it was created. 6223 */ 6224 int 6225 prepare_tagpreview( 6226 int undo_sync) /* sync undo when leaving the window */ 6227 { 6228 win_T *wp; 6229 6230 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6231 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; 6232 # endif 6233 6234 /* 6235 * If there is already a preview window open, use that one. 6236 */ 6237 if (!curwin->w_p_pvw) 6238 { 6239 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6240 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6241 break; 6242 if (wp != NULL) 6243 win_enter(wp, undo_sync); 6244 else 6245 { 6246 /* 6247 * There is no preview window open yet. Create one. 6248 */ 6249 if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0) 6250 == FAIL) 6251 return FALSE; 6252 curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE; 6253 curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE; 6254 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* don't take over 'scrollbind' 6255 and 'cursorbind' */ 6256 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6257 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* no 'diff' */ 6258 # endif 6259 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6260 curwin->w_p_fdc = 0; /* no 'foldcolumn' */ 6261 # endif 6262 return TRUE; 6263 } 6264 } 6265 return FALSE; 6266 } 6267 6268 #endif 6269 6270 6271 /* 6272 * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file 6273 */ 6274 void 6275 ex_help(exarg_T *eap) 6276 { 6277 char_u *arg; 6278 char_u *tag; 6279 FILE *helpfd; /* file descriptor of help file */ 6280 int n; 6281 int i; 6282 win_T *wp; 6283 int num_matches; 6284 char_u **matches; 6285 char_u *p; 6286 int empty_fnum = 0; 6287 int alt_fnum = 0; 6288 buf_T *buf; 6289 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6290 int len; 6291 char_u *lang; 6292 #endif 6293 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6294 int old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped; 6295 #endif 6296 6297 if (eap != NULL) 6298 { 6299 /* 6300 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is 6301 * followed by some text. Set nextcmd to the following command. 6302 */ 6303 for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg) 6304 { 6305 if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r' 6306 || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|')) 6307 { 6308 *arg++ = NUL; 6309 eap->nextcmd = arg; 6310 break; 6311 } 6312 } 6313 arg = eap->arg; 6314 6315 if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help) 6316 { 6317 EMSG(_("E478: Don't panic!")); 6318 return; 6319 } 6320 6321 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands */ 6322 return; 6323 } 6324 else 6325 arg = (char_u *)""; 6326 6327 /* remove trailing blanks */ 6328 p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1; 6329 while (p > arg && VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && p[-1] != '\\') 6330 *p-- = NUL; 6331 6332 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6333 /* Check for a specified language */ 6334 lang = check_help_lang(arg); 6335 #endif 6336 6337 /* When no argument given go to the index. */ 6338 if (*arg == NUL) 6339 arg = (char_u *)"help.txt"; 6340 6341 /* 6342 * Check if there is a match for the argument. 6343 */ 6344 n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches, 6345 eap != NULL && eap->forceit); 6346 6347 i = 0; 6348 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6349 if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL) 6350 /* Find first item with the requested language. */ 6351 for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i) 6352 { 6353 len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]); 6354 if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@' 6355 && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0) 6356 break; 6357 } 6358 #endif 6359 if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL) 6360 { 6361 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6362 if (lang != NULL) 6363 EMSG3(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg); 6364 else 6365 #endif 6366 EMSG2(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg); 6367 if (n != FAIL) 6368 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 6369 return; 6370 } 6371 6372 /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */ 6373 tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]); 6374 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 6375 6376 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6377 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; 6378 #endif 6379 6380 /* 6381 * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one. 6382 * Always open a new one for ":tab help". 6383 */ 6384 if (!bt_help(curwin->w_buffer) || cmdmod.tab != 0) 6385 { 6386 if (cmdmod.tab != 0) 6387 wp = NULL; 6388 else 6389 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6390 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 6391 break; 6392 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0) 6393 win_enter(wp, TRUE); 6394 else 6395 { 6396 /* 6397 * There is no help window yet. 6398 * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option. 6399 */ 6400 if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL) 6401 { 6402 smsg((char_u *)_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf); 6403 goto erret; 6404 } 6405 fclose(helpfd); 6406 6407 /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position 6408 * specified, the current window is vertically split and 6409 * narrow. */ 6410 n = WSP_HELP; 6411 if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns 6412 && curwin->w_width < 80) 6413 n |= WSP_TOP; 6414 if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL) 6415 goto erret; 6416 6417 if (curwin->w_height < p_hh) 6418 win_setheight((int)p_hh); 6419 6420 /* 6421 * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will 6422 * set b_p_ro flag). 6423 * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file. 6424 */ 6425 alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 6426 (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL, 6427 ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP, 6428 NULL); /* buffer is still open, don't store info */ 6429 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) 6430 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; 6431 empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 6432 } 6433 } 6434 6435 if (!p_im) 6436 restart_edit = 0; /* don't want insert mode in help file */ 6437 6438 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6439 /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it. 6440 * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */ 6441 KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped; 6442 #endif 6443 6444 if (tag != NULL) 6445 do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE); 6446 6447 /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it. Careful: autocommands 6448 * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a 6449 * window. */ 6450 if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum) 6451 { 6452 buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum); 6453 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0) 6454 wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE); 6455 } 6456 6457 /* keep the previous alternate file */ 6458 if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt) 6459 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; 6460 6461 erret: 6462 vim_free(tag); 6463 } 6464 6465 /* 6466 * ":helpclose": Close one help window 6467 */ 6468 void 6469 ex_helpclose(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 6470 { 6471 win_T *win; 6472 6473 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win) 6474 { 6475 if (bt_help(win->w_buffer)) 6476 { 6477 win_close(win, FALSE); 6478 return; 6479 } 6480 } 6481 } 6482 6483 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO) 6484 /* 6485 * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx". 6486 * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx". 6487 * Returns NULL if not found. 6488 */ 6489 char_u * 6490 check_help_lang(char_u *arg) 6491 { 6492 int len = (int)STRLEN(arg); 6493 6494 if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2]) 6495 && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1])) 6496 { 6497 arg[len - 3] = NUL; /* remove the '@' */ 6498 return arg + len - 2; 6499 } 6500 return NULL; 6501 } 6502 #endif 6503 6504 /* 6505 * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches. The 6506 * smaller the number, the better the match. This is the order of priorities, 6507 * from best match to worst match: 6508 * - Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better. 6509 * - Match with least total characters is better. 6510 * - Match towards the start is better. 6511 * - Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command) 6512 * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to 6513 * match some string for which help is requested. webb. 6514 */ 6515 int 6516 help_heuristic( 6517 char_u *matched_string, 6518 int offset, /* offset for match */ 6519 int wrong_case) /* no matching case */ 6520 { 6521 int num_letters; 6522 char_u *p; 6523 6524 num_letters = 0; 6525 for (p = matched_string; *p; p++) 6526 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p)) 6527 num_letters++; 6528 6529 /* 6530 * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger 6531 * weighting than the number of characters. 6532 * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000. 6533 * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it 6534 * somewhere in the last half. 6535 * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to 6536 * put it after matches at the start. 6537 */ 6538 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0 6539 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1])) 6540 offset += 10000; 6541 else if (offset > 2) 6542 offset *= 200; 6543 if (wrong_case) 6544 offset += 5000; 6545 /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+" 6546 * alone is not a feature. */ 6547 if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL) 6548 offset += 100; 6549 return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset); 6550 } 6551 6552 /* 6553 * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number 6554 * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags(). 6555 */ 6556 static int 6557 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 6558 _RTLENTRYF 6559 #endif 6560 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2) 6561 { 6562 char *p1; 6563 char *p2; 6564 6565 p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1; 6566 p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1; 6567 return strcmp(p1, p2); 6568 } 6569 6570 /* 6571 * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with 6572 * the number of matches in num_matches. 6573 * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm. 6574 * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer. 6575 */ 6576 int 6577 find_help_tags( 6578 char_u *arg, 6579 int *num_matches, 6580 char_u ***matches, 6581 int keep_lang) 6582 { 6583 char_u *s, *d; 6584 int i; 6585 static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*", 6586 "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**", 6587 "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)", 6588 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", 6589 "-?", "q?", "v_g?", 6590 "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=", 6591 "[count]", "[quotex]", 6592 "[range]", ":[range]", 6593 "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$", 6594 "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L", 6595 "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"}; 6596 static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star", 6597 "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar", 6598 "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)", 6599 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", 6600 "-?", "q?", "v_g?", 6601 "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=", 6602 "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]", 6603 "\\[range]", ":\\[range]", 6604 "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$", 6605 "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L", 6606 "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"}; 6607 static char *(expr_table[]) = {"!=?", "!~?", "<=?", "<?", "==?", "=~?", 6608 ">=?", ">?", "is?", "isnot?"}; 6609 int flags; 6610 6611 d = IObuff; /* assume IObuff is long enough! */ 6612 6613 if (STRNICMP(arg, "expr-", 5) == 0) 6614 { 6615 // When the string starting with "expr-" and containing '?' and matches 6616 // the table, it is taken literally. Otherwise '?' is recognized as a 6617 // wildcard. 6618 for (i = (int)(sizeof(expr_table) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) 6619 if (STRCMP(arg + 5, expr_table[i]) == 0) 6620 { 6621 STRCPY(d, arg); 6622 break; 6623 } 6624 } 6625 else 6626 { 6627 // Recognize a few exceptions to the rule. Some strings that contain 6628 // '*' with "star". Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard. 6629 for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) 6630 if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0) 6631 { 6632 STRCPY(d, rtable[i]); 6633 break; 6634 } 6635 } 6636 6637 if (i < 0) /* no match in table */ 6638 { 6639 /* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc. Otherwise every tag is matched. 6640 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too. 6641 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc. 6642 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc. 6643 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */ 6644 if (arg[0] == '\\' 6645 && ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL) 6646 || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL 6647 && arg[2] != NUL))) 6648 { 6649 STRCPY(d, "/\\\\"); 6650 STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1); 6651 /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */ 6652 if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$') 6653 STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$"); 6654 } 6655 else 6656 { 6657 /* Replace: 6658 * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]" 6659 * "[++...]" with "\[++...]" 6660 * "\{" with "\\{" -- matching "} \}" 6661 */ 6662 if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':' 6663 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+'))) 6664 || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{')) 6665 *d++ = '\\'; 6666 6667 /* 6668 * If tag starts with "('", skip the "(". Fixes CTRL-] on ('option'. 6669 */ 6670 if (*arg == '(' && arg[1] == '\'') 6671 arg++; 6672 for (s = arg; *s; ++s) 6673 { 6674 /* 6675 * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of 6676 * the tags for these commands. 6677 * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line 6678 * completion. 6679 * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their 6680 * special meaning. 6681 */ 6682 if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10) /* getting too long!? */ 6683 break; 6684 switch (*s) 6685 { 6686 case '|': STRCPY(d, "bar"); 6687 d += 3; 6688 continue; 6689 case '"': STRCPY(d, "quote"); 6690 d += 5; 6691 continue; 6692 case '*': *d++ = '.'; 6693 break; 6694 case '?': *d++ = '.'; 6695 continue; 6696 case '$': 6697 case '.': 6698 case '~': *d++ = '\\'; 6699 break; 6700 } 6701 6702 /* 6703 * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make 6704 * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work. 6705 * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable. 6706 */ 6707 if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1]) 6708 || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL))) 6709 { 6710 if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\') 6711 *d++ = '_'; /* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */ 6712 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-"); 6713 d += 5; 6714 if (*s < ' ') 6715 { 6716 #ifdef EBCDIC 6717 *d++ = CtrlChar(*s); 6718 #else 6719 *d++ = *s + '@'; 6720 #endif 6721 if (d[-1] == '\\') 6722 *d++ = '\\'; /* double a backslash */ 6723 } 6724 else 6725 *d++ = *++s; 6726 if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_') 6727 *d++ = '_'; /* append a '_' */ 6728 continue; 6729 } 6730 else if (*s == '^') /* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */ 6731 *d++ = '\\'; 6732 6733 /* 6734 * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search 6735 * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|". 6736 */ 6737 else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\' 6738 && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1) 6739 *d++ = '\\'; 6740 6741 /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in 6742 * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */ 6743 if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0) 6744 { 6745 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\"); 6746 d += 7; 6747 s += 6; 6748 } 6749 6750 *d++ = *s; 6751 6752 /* 6753 * If tag contains "({" or "([", tag terminates at the "(". 6754 * This is for help on functions, e.g.: abs({expr}). 6755 */ 6756 if (*s == '(' && (s[1] == '{' || s[1] =='[')) 6757 break; 6758 6759 /* 6760 * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes 6761 * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.'). 6762 */ 6763 if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'') 6764 break; 6765 /* Also '{' and '}'. */ 6766 if (*s == '}' && s > arg && *arg == '{') 6767 break; 6768 } 6769 *d = NUL; 6770 6771 if (*IObuff == '`') 6772 { 6773 if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`') 6774 { 6775 /* remove the backticks from `command` */ 6776 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6777 d[-2] = NUL; 6778 } 6779 else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',') 6780 { 6781 /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */ 6782 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6783 d[-3] = NUL; 6784 } 6785 else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`' 6786 && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.') 6787 { 6788 /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */ 6789 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6790 d[-4] = NUL; 6791 } 6792 } 6793 } 6794 } 6795 6796 *matches = (char_u **)""; 6797 *num_matches = 0; 6798 flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE; 6799 if (keep_lang) 6800 flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG; 6801 if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK 6802 && *num_matches > 0) 6803 { 6804 /* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the 6805 * tag name. */ 6806 qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches, 6807 sizeof(char_u *), help_compare); 6808 /* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */ 6809 while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY) 6810 vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]); 6811 } 6812 return OK; 6813 } 6814 6815 /* 6816 * Called when starting to edit a buffer for a help file. 6817 */ 6818 static void 6819 prepare_help_buffer(void) 6820 { 6821 char_u *p; 6822 6823 curbuf->b_help = TRUE; 6824 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6825 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1, 6826 (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6827 #endif 6828 6829 /* 6830 * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the 6831 * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way. 6832 * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and 6833 * latin1 word characters (for translated help files). 6834 * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work. 6835 */ 6836 p = 6837 #ifdef EBCDIC 6838 (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\""; 6839 #else 6840 (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255"; 6841 #endif 6842 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0) 6843 { 6844 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6845 check_buf_options(curbuf); 6846 (void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE); 6847 } 6848 6849 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6850 /* Don't use the global foldmethod.*/ 6851 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fdm", -1, (char_u *)"manual", 6852 OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6853 #endif 6854 6855 curbuf->b_p_ts = 8; /* 'tabstop' is 8 */ 6856 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; /* no list mode */ 6857 6858 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; /* not modifiable */ 6859 curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE; /* reset 'bin' before reading file */ 6860 curwin->w_p_nu = 0; /* no line numbers */ 6861 curwin->w_p_rnu = 0; /* no relative line numbers */ 6862 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* no scroll or cursor binding */ 6863 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 6864 curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE; /* no arabic mode */ 6865 #endif 6866 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6867 curwin->w_p_rl = FALSE; /* help window is left-to-right */ 6868 #endif 6869 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6870 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; /* No folding in the help window */ 6871 #endif 6872 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6873 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* No 'diff' */ 6874 #endif 6875 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6876 curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE; /* No spell checking */ 6877 #endif 6878 6879 set_buflisted(FALSE); 6880 } 6881 6882 /* 6883 * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax 6884 * highlighting is not used. 6885 */ 6886 void 6887 fix_help_buffer(void) 6888 { 6889 linenr_T lnum; 6890 char_u *line; 6891 int in_example = FALSE; 6892 int len; 6893 char_u *fname; 6894 char_u *p; 6895 char_u *rt; 6896 int mustfree; 6897 6898 /* Set filetype to "help" if still needed. */ 6899 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_ft, "help") != 0) 6900 { 6901 ++curbuf_lock; 6902 set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL); 6903 --curbuf_lock; 6904 } 6905 6906 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 6907 if (!syntax_present(curwin)) 6908 #endif 6909 { 6910 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) 6911 { 6912 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); 6913 len = (int)STRLEN(line); 6914 if (in_example && len > 0 && !VIM_ISWHITE(line[0])) 6915 { 6916 /* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */ 6917 if (line[0] == '<') 6918 { 6919 /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */ 6920 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6921 line[0] = ' '; 6922 } 6923 in_example = FALSE; 6924 } 6925 if (!in_example && len > 0) 6926 { 6927 if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' ')) 6928 { 6929 /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */ 6930 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6931 line[len - 1] = ' '; 6932 in_example = TRUE; 6933 } 6934 else if (line[len - 1] == '~') 6935 { 6936 /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */ 6937 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6938 line[len - 1] = ' '; 6939 } 6940 } 6941 } 6942 } 6943 6944 /* 6945 * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help 6946 * files. This uses the very first line in the help file. 6947 */ 6948 fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname); 6949 if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0 6950 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6951 || (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0 6952 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5]) 6953 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6]) 6954 && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x' 6955 && fname[8] == NUL) 6956 #endif 6957 ) 6958 { 6959 for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) 6960 { 6961 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); 6962 if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL) 6963 continue; 6964 6965 /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping 6966 * $VIMRUNTIME. */ 6967 p = p_rtp; 6968 while (*p != NUL) 6969 { 6970 copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ","); 6971 mustfree = FALSE; 6972 rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree); 6973 if (rt != NULL && fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME) 6974 { 6975 int fcount; 6976 char_u **fnames; 6977 FILE *fd; 6978 char_u *s; 6979 int fi; 6980 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6981 vimconv_T vc; 6982 char_u *cp; 6983 #endif 6984 6985 /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */ 6986 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 6987 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6988 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]"); 6989 #else 6990 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt"); 6991 #endif 6992 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount, 6993 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK 6994 && fcount > 0) 6995 { 6996 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6997 int i1, i2; 6998 char_u *f1, *f2; 6999 char_u *t1, *t2; 7000 char_u *e1, *e2; 7001 7002 /* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in 7003 * the same directory. */ 7004 for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1) 7005 { 7006 for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2) 7007 { 7008 if (i1 == i2) 7009 continue; 7010 if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL) 7011 continue; 7012 f1 = fnames[i1]; 7013 f2 = fnames[i2]; 7014 t1 = gettail(f1); 7015 t2 = gettail(f2); 7016 e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.'); 7017 e2 = vim_strrchr(t2, '.'); 7018 if (e1 == NULL || e2 == NULL) 7019 continue; 7020 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0 7021 && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0) 7022 { 7023 /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */ 7024 VIM_CLEAR(fnames[i1]); 7025 continue; 7026 } 7027 if (e1 - f1 != e2 - f2 7028 || fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0) 7029 continue; 7030 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0 7031 && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0) 7032 /* use .abx instead of .txt */ 7033 VIM_CLEAR(fnames[i1]); 7034 } 7035 } 7036 #endif 7037 for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi) 7038 { 7039 if (fnames[fi] == NULL) 7040 continue; 7041 fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r"); 7042 if (fd != NULL) 7043 { 7044 vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd); 7045 if (IObuff[0] == '*' 7046 && (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*')) 7047 != NULL) 7048 { 7049 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7050 int this_utf = MAYBE; 7051 #endif 7052 /* Change tag definition to a 7053 * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */ 7054 IObuff[0] = '|'; 7055 *s = '|'; 7056 while (*s != NUL) 7057 { 7058 if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n') 7059 *s = NUL; 7060 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7061 /* The text is utf-8 when a byte 7062 * above 127 is found and no 7063 * illegal byte sequence is found. 7064 */ 7065 if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE) 7066 { 7067 int l; 7068 7069 this_utf = TRUE; 7070 l = utf_ptr2len(s); 7071 if (l == 1) 7072 this_utf = FALSE; 7073 s += l - 1; 7074 } 7075 #endif 7076 ++s; 7077 } 7078 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7079 /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8; 7080 * conversion to the current 7081 * 'encoding' may be required. */ 7082 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; 7083 convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)( 7084 this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8" 7085 : "latin1"), p_enc); 7086 if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE) 7087 /* No conversion needed. */ 7088 cp = IObuff; 7089 else 7090 { 7091 /* Do the conversion. If it fails 7092 * use the unconverted text. */ 7093 cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff, 7094 NULL); 7095 if (cp == NULL) 7096 cp = IObuff; 7097 } 7098 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); 7099 7100 ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 7101 if (cp != IObuff) 7102 vim_free(cp); 7103 #else 7104 ml_append(lnum, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, 7105 FALSE); 7106 #endif 7107 ++lnum; 7108 } 7109 fclose(fd); 7110 } 7111 } 7112 FreeWild(fcount, fnames); 7113 } 7114 } 7115 if (mustfree) 7116 vim_free(rt); 7117 } 7118 break; 7119 } 7120 } 7121 } 7122 7123 /* 7124 * ":exusage" 7125 */ 7126 void 7127 ex_exusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 7128 { 7129 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index"); 7130 } 7131 7132 /* 7133 * ":viusage" 7134 */ 7135 void 7136 ex_viusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 7137 { 7138 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index"); 7139 } 7140 7141 /* 7142 * Generate tags in one help directory. 7143 */ 7144 static void 7145 helptags_one( 7146 char_u *dir, /* doc directory */ 7147 char_u *ext, /* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */ 7148 char_u *tagfname, /* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */ 7149 int add_help_tags) /* add "help-tags" tag */ 7150 { 7151 FILE *fd_tags; 7152 FILE *fd; 7153 garray_T ga; 7154 int filecount; 7155 char_u **files; 7156 char_u *p1, *p2; 7157 int fi; 7158 char_u *s; 7159 int i; 7160 char_u *fname; 7161 int dirlen; 7162 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7163 int utf8 = MAYBE; 7164 int this_utf8; 7165 int firstline; 7166 int mix = FALSE; /* detected mixed encodings */ 7167 # endif 7168 7169 /* 7170 * Find all *.txt files. 7171 */ 7172 dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir); 7173 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); 7174 STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*"); 7175 STRCAT(NameBuff, ext); 7176 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, 7177 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL 7178 || filecount == 0) 7179 { 7180 if (!got_int) 7181 EMSG2(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff); 7182 return; 7183 } 7184 7185 /* 7186 * Open the tags file for writing. 7187 * Do this before scanning through all the files. 7188 */ 7189 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); 7190 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 7191 STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname); 7192 fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w"); 7193 if (fd_tags == NULL) 7194 { 7195 EMSG2(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff); 7196 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7197 return; 7198 } 7199 7200 /* 7201 * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc" 7202 * add the "help-tags" tag. 7203 */ 7204 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); 7205 if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc", 7206 dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME) 7207 { 7208 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) 7209 got_int = TRUE; 7210 else 7211 { 7212 s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname)); 7213 if (s == NULL) 7214 got_int = TRUE; 7215 else 7216 { 7217 sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname); 7218 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; 7219 ++ga.ga_len; 7220 } 7221 } 7222 } 7223 7224 /* 7225 * Go over all the files and extract the tags. 7226 */ 7227 for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi) 7228 { 7229 fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r"); 7230 if (fd == NULL) 7231 { 7232 EMSG2(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]); 7233 continue; 7234 } 7235 fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1; 7236 7237 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7238 firstline = TRUE; 7239 # endif 7240 while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int) 7241 { 7242 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7243 if (firstline) 7244 { 7245 /* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */ 7246 this_utf8 = MAYBE; 7247 for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s) 7248 if (*s >= 0x80) 7249 { 7250 int l; 7251 7252 this_utf8 = TRUE; 7253 l = utf_ptr2len(s); 7254 if (l == 1) 7255 { 7256 /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */ 7257 this_utf8 = FALSE; 7258 break; 7259 } 7260 s += l - 1; 7261 } 7262 if (this_utf8 == MAYBE) /* only ASCII characters found */ 7263 this_utf8 = FALSE; 7264 if (utf8 == MAYBE) /* first file */ 7265 utf8 = this_utf8; 7266 else if (utf8 != this_utf8) 7267 { 7268 EMSG2(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]); 7269 mix = !got_int; 7270 got_int = TRUE; 7271 } 7272 firstline = FALSE; 7273 } 7274 # endif 7275 p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*'); /* find first '*' */ 7276 while (p1 != NULL) 7277 { 7278 /* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when 7279 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the 7280 * second byte. */ 7281 p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*'); /* find second '*' */ 7282 if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1) /* skip "*" and "**" */ 7283 { 7284 for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s) 7285 if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|') 7286 break; 7287 7288 /* 7289 * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid 7290 * characters, there is white space before it and is 7291 * followed by a white character or end-of-line. 7292 */ 7293 if (s == p2 7294 && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t') 7295 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL 7296 || s[1] == '\0')) 7297 { 7298 *p2 = '\0'; 7299 ++p1; 7300 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) 7301 { 7302 got_int = TRUE; 7303 break; 7304 } 7305 s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2)); 7306 if (s == NULL) 7307 { 7308 got_int = TRUE; 7309 break; 7310 } 7311 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; 7312 ++ga.ga_len; 7313 sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname); 7314 7315 /* find next '*' */ 7316 p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*'); 7317 } 7318 } 7319 p1 = p2; 7320 } 7321 line_breakcheck(); 7322 } 7323 7324 fclose(fd); 7325 } 7326 7327 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7328 7329 if (!got_int) 7330 { 7331 /* 7332 * Sort the tags. 7333 */ 7334 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 7335 sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len); 7336 7337 /* 7338 * Check for duplicates. 7339 */ 7340 for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7341 { 7342 p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1]; 7343 p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; 7344 while (*p1 == *p2) 7345 { 7346 if (*p2 == '\t') 7347 { 7348 *p2 = NUL; 7349 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, 7350 _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"), 7351 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1); 7352 EMSG(NameBuff); 7353 *p2 = '\t'; 7354 break; 7355 } 7356 ++p1; 7357 ++p2; 7358 } 7359 } 7360 7361 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7362 if (utf8 == TRUE) 7363 fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n"); 7364 # endif 7365 7366 /* 7367 * Write the tags into the file. 7368 */ 7369 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7370 { 7371 s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; 7372 if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0) 7373 /* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */ 7374 fputs((char *)s, fd_tags); 7375 else 7376 { 7377 fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s); 7378 for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1) 7379 { 7380 /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */ 7381 if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/') 7382 putc('\\', fd_tags); 7383 putc(*p1, fd_tags); 7384 } 7385 fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n"); 7386 } 7387 } 7388 } 7389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7390 if (mix) 7391 got_int = FALSE; /* continue with other languages */ 7392 #endif 7393 7394 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7395 vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]); 7396 ga_clear(&ga); 7397 fclose(fd_tags); /* there is no check for an error... */ 7398 } 7399 7400 /* 7401 * Generate tags in one help directory, taking care of translations. 7402 */ 7403 static void 7404 do_helptags(char_u *dirname, int add_help_tags) 7405 { 7406 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 7407 int len; 7408 int i, j; 7409 garray_T ga; 7410 char_u lang[2]; 7411 char_u ext[5]; 7412 char_u fname[8]; 7413 int filecount; 7414 char_u **files; 7415 7416 /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */ 7417 STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname); 7418 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 7419 STRCAT(NameBuff, "**"); 7420 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, 7421 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL 7422 || filecount == 0) 7423 { 7424 EMSG2(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff); 7425 return; 7426 } 7427 7428 /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are 7429 * present. */ 7430 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10); 7431 for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i) 7432 { 7433 len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]); 7434 if (len > 4) 7435 { 7436 if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0) 7437 { 7438 /* ".txt" -> language "en" */ 7439 lang[0] = 'e'; 7440 lang[1] = 'n'; 7441 } 7442 else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.' 7443 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3]) 7444 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2]) 7445 && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x') 7446 { 7447 /* ".abx" -> language "ab" */ 7448 lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]); 7449 lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]); 7450 } 7451 else 7452 continue; 7453 7454 /* Did we find this language already? */ 7455 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) 7456 if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0) 7457 break; 7458 if (j == ga.ga_len) 7459 { 7460 /* New language, add it. */ 7461 if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL) 7462 break; 7463 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0]; 7464 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1]; 7465 } 7466 } 7467 } 7468 7469 /* 7470 * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one. 7471 */ 7472 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) 7473 { 7474 STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx"); 7475 fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j]; 7476 fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1]; 7477 if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n') 7478 { 7479 /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */ 7480 fname[4] = NUL; 7481 STRCPY(ext, ".txt"); 7482 } 7483 else 7484 { 7485 /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */ 7486 STRCPY(ext, ".xxx"); 7487 ext[1] = fname[5]; 7488 ext[2] = fname[6]; 7489 } 7490 helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags); 7491 } 7492 7493 ga_clear(&ga); 7494 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7495 7496 #else 7497 /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */ 7498 helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags); 7499 #endif 7500 } 7501 7502 static void 7503 helptags_cb(char_u *fname, void *cookie) 7504 { 7505 do_helptags(fname, *(int *)cookie); 7506 } 7507 7508 /* 7509 * ":helptags" 7510 */ 7511 void 7512 ex_helptags(exarg_T *eap) 7513 { 7514 expand_T xpc; 7515 char_u *dirname; 7516 int add_help_tags = FALSE; 7517 7518 /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */ 7519 if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(eap->arg[3])) 7520 { 7521 add_help_tags = TRUE; 7522 eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3); 7523 } 7524 7525 if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "ALL") == 0) 7526 { 7527 do_in_path(p_rtp, (char_u *)"doc", DIP_ALL + DIP_DIR, 7528 helptags_cb, &add_help_tags); 7529 } 7530 else 7531 { 7532 ExpandInit(&xpc); 7533 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES; 7534 dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL, 7535 WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); 7536 if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname)) 7537 EMSG2(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg); 7538 else 7539 do_helptags(dirname, add_help_tags); 7540 vim_free(dirname); 7541 } 7542 } 7543 7544 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 7545 7546 /* 7547 * Struct to hold the sign properties. 7548 */ 7549 typedef struct sign sign_T; 7550 7551 struct sign 7552 { 7553 sign_T *sn_next; /* next sign in list */ 7554 int sn_typenr; /* type number of sign */ 7555 char_u *sn_name; /* name of sign */ 7556 char_u *sn_icon; /* name of pixmap */ 7557 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7558 void *sn_image; /* icon image */ 7559 # endif 7560 char_u *sn_text; /* text used instead of pixmap */ 7561 int sn_line_hl; /* highlight ID for line */ 7562 int sn_text_hl; /* highlight ID for text */ 7563 }; 7564 7565 static sign_T *first_sign = NULL; 7566 static int next_sign_typenr = 1; 7567 7568 static int sign_cmd_idx(char_u *begin_cmd, char_u *end_cmd); 7569 static void sign_list_defined(sign_T *sp); 7570 static void sign_undefine(sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev); 7571 7572 static char *cmds[] = { 7573 "define", 7574 # define SIGNCMD_DEFINE 0 7575 "undefine", 7576 # define SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE 1 7577 "list", 7578 # define SIGNCMD_LIST 2 7579 "place", 7580 # define SIGNCMD_PLACE 3 7581 "unplace", 7582 # define SIGNCMD_UNPLACE 4 7583 "jump", 7584 # define SIGNCMD_JUMP 5 7585 NULL 7586 # define SIGNCMD_LAST 6 7587 }; 7588 7589 /* 7590 * Find index of a ":sign" subcmd from its name. 7591 * "*end_cmd" must be writable. 7592 */ 7593 static int 7594 sign_cmd_idx( 7595 char_u *begin_cmd, /* begin of sign subcmd */ 7596 char_u *end_cmd) /* just after sign subcmd */ 7597 { 7598 int idx; 7599 char save = *end_cmd; 7600 7601 *end_cmd = NUL; 7602 for (idx = 0; ; ++idx) 7603 if (cmds[idx] == NULL || STRCMP(begin_cmd, cmds[idx]) == 0) 7604 break; 7605 *end_cmd = save; 7606 return idx; 7607 } 7608 7609 /* 7610 * ":sign" command 7611 */ 7612 void 7613 ex_sign(exarg_T *eap) 7614 { 7615 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 7616 char_u *p; 7617 int idx; 7618 sign_T *sp; 7619 sign_T *sp_prev; 7620 buf_T *buf = NULL; 7621 7622 /* Parse the subcommand. */ 7623 p = skiptowhite(arg); 7624 idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, p); 7625 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LAST) 7626 { 7627 EMSG2(_("E160: Unknown sign command: %s"), arg); 7628 return; 7629 } 7630 arg = skipwhite(p); 7631 7632 if (idx <= SIGNCMD_LIST) 7633 { 7634 /* 7635 * Define, undefine or list signs. 7636 */ 7637 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST && *arg == NUL) 7638 { 7639 /* ":sign list": list all defined signs */ 7640 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL && !got_int; sp = sp->sn_next) 7641 sign_list_defined(sp); 7642 } 7643 else if (*arg == NUL) 7644 EMSG(_("E156: Missing sign name")); 7645 else 7646 { 7647 /* Isolate the sign name. If it's a number skip leading zeroes, 7648 * so that "099" and "99" are the same sign. But keep "0". */ 7649 p = skiptowhite(arg); 7650 if (*p != NUL) 7651 *p++ = NUL; 7652 while (arg[0] == '0' && arg[1] != NUL) 7653 ++arg; 7654 7655 sp_prev = NULL; 7656 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7657 { 7658 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, arg) == 0) 7659 break; 7660 sp_prev = sp; 7661 } 7662 if (idx == SIGNCMD_DEFINE) 7663 { 7664 /* ":sign define {name} ...": define a sign */ 7665 if (sp == NULL) 7666 { 7667 sign_T *lp; 7668 int start = next_sign_typenr; 7669 7670 /* Allocate a new sign. */ 7671 sp = (sign_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(sign_T)); 7672 if (sp == NULL) 7673 return; 7674 7675 /* Check that next_sign_typenr is not already being used. 7676 * This only happens after wrapping around. Hopefully 7677 * another one got deleted and we can use its number. */ 7678 for (lp = first_sign; lp != NULL; ) 7679 { 7680 if (lp->sn_typenr == next_sign_typenr) 7681 { 7682 ++next_sign_typenr; 7683 if (next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) 7684 next_sign_typenr = 1; 7685 if (next_sign_typenr == start) 7686 { 7687 vim_free(sp); 7688 EMSG(_("E612: Too many signs defined")); 7689 return; 7690 } 7691 lp = first_sign; /* start all over */ 7692 continue; 7693 } 7694 lp = lp->sn_next; 7695 } 7696 7697 sp->sn_typenr = next_sign_typenr; 7698 if (++next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) 7699 next_sign_typenr = 1; /* wrap around */ 7700 7701 sp->sn_name = vim_strsave(arg); 7702 if (sp->sn_name == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7703 { 7704 vim_free(sp); 7705 return; 7706 } 7707 7708 /* add the new sign to the list of signs */ 7709 if (sp_prev == NULL) 7710 first_sign = sp; 7711 else 7712 sp_prev->sn_next = sp; 7713 } 7714 7715 /* set values for a defined sign. */ 7716 for (;;) 7717 { 7718 arg = skipwhite(p); 7719 if (*arg == NUL) 7720 break; 7721 p = skiptowhite_esc(arg); 7722 if (STRNCMP(arg, "icon=", 5) == 0) 7723 { 7724 arg += 5; 7725 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); 7726 sp->sn_icon = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7727 backslash_halve(sp->sn_icon); 7728 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7729 if (gui.in_use) 7730 { 7731 out_flush(); 7732 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) 7733 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); 7734 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); 7735 } 7736 # endif 7737 } 7738 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "text=", 5) == 0) 7739 { 7740 char_u *s; 7741 int cells; 7742 int len; 7743 7744 arg += 5; 7745 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7746 /* Count cells and check for non-printable chars */ 7747 if (has_mbyte) 7748 { 7749 cells = 0; 7750 for (s = arg; s < p; s += (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) 7751 { 7752 if (!vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(s))) 7753 break; 7754 cells += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s); 7755 } 7756 } 7757 else 7758 # endif 7759 { 7760 for (s = arg; s < p; ++s) 7761 if (!vim_isprintc(*s)) 7762 break; 7763 cells = (int)(s - arg); 7764 } 7765 /* Currently must be one or two display cells */ 7766 if (s != p || cells < 1 || cells > 2) 7767 { 7768 *p = NUL; 7769 EMSG2(_("E239: Invalid sign text: %s"), arg); 7770 return; 7771 } 7772 7773 vim_free(sp->sn_text); 7774 /* Allocate one byte more if we need to pad up 7775 * with a space. */ 7776 len = (int)(p - arg + ((cells == 1) ? 1 : 0)); 7777 sp->sn_text = vim_strnsave(arg, len); 7778 7779 if (sp->sn_text != NULL && cells == 1) 7780 STRCPY(sp->sn_text + len - 1, " "); 7781 } 7782 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "linehl=", 7) == 0) 7783 { 7784 arg += 7; 7785 sp->sn_line_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7786 } 7787 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "texthl=", 7) == 0) 7788 { 7789 arg += 7; 7790 sp->sn_text_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7791 } 7792 else 7793 { 7794 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 7795 return; 7796 } 7797 } 7798 } 7799 else if (sp == NULL) 7800 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), arg); 7801 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST) 7802 /* ":sign list {name}" */ 7803 sign_list_defined(sp); 7804 else 7805 /* ":sign undefine {name}" */ 7806 sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev); 7807 } 7808 } 7809 else 7810 { 7811 int id = -1; 7812 linenr_T lnum = -1; 7813 char_u *sign_name = NULL; 7814 char_u *arg1; 7815 7816 if (*arg == NUL) 7817 { 7818 if (idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE) 7819 { 7820 /* ":sign place": list placed signs in all buffers */ 7821 sign_list_placed(NULL); 7822 } 7823 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7824 { 7825 /* ":sign unplace": remove placed sign at cursor */ 7826 id = buf_findsign_id(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 7827 if (id > 0) 7828 { 7829 buf_delsign(curwin->w_buffer, id); 7830 update_debug_sign(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 7831 } 7832 else 7833 EMSG(_("E159: Missing sign number")); 7834 } 7835 else 7836 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); 7837 return; 7838 } 7839 7840 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && arg[0] == '*' && arg[1] == NUL) 7841 { 7842 /* ":sign unplace *": remove all placed signs */ 7843 buf_delete_all_signs(); 7844 return; 7845 } 7846 7847 /* first arg could be placed sign id */ 7848 arg1 = arg; 7849 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) 7850 { 7851 id = getdigits(&arg); 7852 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && *arg != NUL) 7853 { 7854 id = -1; 7855 arg = arg1; 7856 } 7857 else 7858 { 7859 arg = skipwhite(arg); 7860 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && *arg == NUL) 7861 { 7862 /* ":sign unplace {id}": remove placed sign by number */ 7863 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 7864 if ((lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id)) != 0) 7865 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7866 return; 7867 } 7868 } 7869 } 7870 7871 /* 7872 * Check for line={lnum} name={name} and file={fname} or buffer={nr}. 7873 * Leave "arg" pointing to {fname}. 7874 */ 7875 for (;;) 7876 { 7877 if (STRNCMP(arg, "line=", 5) == 0) 7878 { 7879 arg += 5; 7880 lnum = atoi((char *)arg); 7881 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 7882 } 7883 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "*", 1) == 0 && idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7884 { 7885 if (id != -1) 7886 { 7887 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7888 return; 7889 } 7890 id = -2; 7891 arg = skiptowhite(arg + 1); 7892 } 7893 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "name=", 5) == 0) 7894 { 7895 arg += 5; 7896 sign_name = arg; 7897 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 7898 if (*arg != NUL) 7899 *arg++ = NUL; 7900 while (sign_name[0] == '0' && sign_name[1] != NUL) 7901 ++sign_name; 7902 } 7903 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "file=", 5) == 0) 7904 { 7905 arg += 5; 7906 buf = buflist_findname(arg); 7907 break; 7908 } 7909 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "buffer=", 7) == 0) 7910 { 7911 arg += 7; 7912 buf = buflist_findnr((int)getdigits(&arg)); 7913 if (*skipwhite(arg) != NUL) 7914 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 7915 break; 7916 } 7917 else 7918 { 7919 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7920 return; 7921 } 7922 arg = skipwhite(arg); 7923 } 7924 7925 if (buf == NULL) 7926 { 7927 EMSG2(_("E158: Invalid buffer name: %s"), arg); 7928 } 7929 else if (id <= 0 && !(idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && id == -2)) 7930 { 7931 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7932 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7933 else 7934 /* ":sign place file={fname}": list placed signs in one file */ 7935 sign_list_placed(buf); 7936 } 7937 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_JUMP) 7938 { 7939 /* ":sign jump {id} file={fname}" */ 7940 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7941 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7942 else if ((lnum = buf_findsign(buf, id)) > 0) 7943 { /* goto a sign ... */ 7944 if (buf_jump_open_win(buf) != NULL) 7945 { /* ... in a current window */ 7946 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7947 check_cursor_lnum(); 7948 beginline(BL_WHITE); 7949 } 7950 else 7951 { /* ... not currently in a window */ 7952 char_u *cmd; 7953 7954 if (buf->b_fname == NULL) 7955 { 7956 EMSG(_("E934: Cannot jump to a buffer that does not have a name")); 7957 return; 7958 } 7959 cmd = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(buf->b_fname) + 25); 7960 if (cmd == NULL) 7961 return; 7962 sprintf((char *)cmd, "e +%ld %s", (long)lnum, buf->b_fname); 7963 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 7964 vim_free(cmd); 7965 } 7966 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7967 foldOpenCursor(); 7968 # endif 7969 } 7970 else 7971 EMSGN(_("E157: Invalid sign ID: %ld"), id); 7972 } 7973 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7974 { 7975 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7976 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7977 else if (id == -2) 7978 { 7979 /* ":sign unplace * file={fname}" */ 7980 redraw_buf_later(buf, NOT_VALID); 7981 buf_delete_signs(buf); 7982 } 7983 else 7984 { 7985 /* ":sign unplace {id} file={fname}" */ 7986 lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id); 7987 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7988 } 7989 } 7990 /* idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE */ 7991 else if (sign_name != NULL) 7992 { 7993 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7994 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, sign_name) == 0) 7995 break; 7996 if (sp == NULL) 7997 { 7998 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), sign_name); 7999 return; 8000 } 8001 if (lnum > 0) 8002 /* ":sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} file={fname}": 8003 * place a sign */ 8004 buf_addsign(buf, id, lnum, sp->sn_typenr); 8005 else 8006 /* ":sign place {id} file={fname}": change sign type */ 8007 lnum = buf_change_sign_type(buf, id, sp->sn_typenr); 8008 if (lnum > 0) 8009 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 8010 else 8011 EMSG2(_("E885: Not possible to change sign %s"), sign_name); 8012 } 8013 else 8014 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 8015 } 8016 } 8017 8018 # if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) 8019 /* 8020 * Allocate the icons. Called when the GUI has started. Allows defining 8021 * signs before it starts. 8022 */ 8023 void 8024 sign_gui_started(void) 8025 { 8026 sign_T *sp; 8027 8028 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8029 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) 8030 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); 8031 } 8032 # endif 8033 8034 /* 8035 * List one sign. 8036 */ 8037 static void 8038 sign_list_defined(sign_T *sp) 8039 { 8040 char_u *p; 8041 8042 smsg((char_u *)"sign %s", sp->sn_name); 8043 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) 8044 { 8045 MSG_PUTS(" icon="); 8046 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_icon); 8047 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 8048 if (sp->sn_image == NULL) 8049 MSG_PUTS(_(" (NOT FOUND)")); 8050 # else 8051 MSG_PUTS(_(" (not supported)")); 8052 # endif 8053 } 8054 if (sp->sn_text != NULL) 8055 { 8056 MSG_PUTS(" text="); 8057 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_text); 8058 } 8059 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) 8060 { 8061 MSG_PUTS(" linehl="); 8062 p = get_highlight_name_ext(NULL, sp->sn_line_hl - 1, FALSE); 8063 if (p == NULL) 8064 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 8065 else 8066 msg_puts(p); 8067 } 8068 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) 8069 { 8070 MSG_PUTS(" texthl="); 8071 p = get_highlight_name_ext(NULL, sp->sn_text_hl - 1, FALSE); 8072 if (p == NULL) 8073 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 8074 else 8075 msg_puts(p); 8076 } 8077 } 8078 8079 /* 8080 * Undefine a sign and free its memory. 8081 */ 8082 static void 8083 sign_undefine(sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev) 8084 { 8085 vim_free(sp->sn_name); 8086 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); 8087 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 8088 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) 8089 { 8090 out_flush(); 8091 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); 8092 } 8093 # endif 8094 vim_free(sp->sn_text); 8095 if (sp_prev == NULL) 8096 first_sign = sp->sn_next; 8097 else 8098 sp_prev->sn_next = sp->sn_next; 8099 vim_free(sp); 8100 } 8101 8102 /* 8103 * Get highlighting attribute for sign "typenr". 8104 * If "line" is TRUE: line highl, if FALSE: text highl. 8105 */ 8106 int 8107 sign_get_attr(int typenr, int line) 8108 { 8109 sign_T *sp; 8110 8111 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8112 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8113 { 8114 if (line) 8115 { 8116 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) 8117 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_line_hl); 8118 } 8119 else 8120 { 8121 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) 8122 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_text_hl); 8123 } 8124 break; 8125 } 8126 return 0; 8127 } 8128 8129 /* 8130 * Get text mark for sign "typenr". 8131 * Returns NULL if there isn't one. 8132 */ 8133 char_u * 8134 sign_get_text(int typenr) 8135 { 8136 sign_T *sp; 8137 8138 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8139 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8140 return sp->sn_text; 8141 return NULL; 8142 } 8143 8144 # if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) 8145 void * 8146 sign_get_image( 8147 int typenr) /* the attribute which may have a sign */ 8148 { 8149 sign_T *sp; 8150 8151 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8152 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8153 return sp->sn_image; 8154 return NULL; 8155 } 8156 # endif 8157 8158 /* 8159 * Get the name of a sign by its typenr. 8160 */ 8161 char_u * 8162 sign_typenr2name(int typenr) 8163 { 8164 sign_T *sp; 8165 8166 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8167 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8168 return sp->sn_name; 8169 return (char_u *)_("[Deleted]"); 8170 } 8171 8172 # if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 8173 /* 8174 * Undefine/free all signs. 8175 */ 8176 void 8177 free_signs(void) 8178 { 8179 while (first_sign != NULL) 8180 sign_undefine(first_sign, NULL); 8181 } 8182 # endif 8183 8184 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 8185 static enum 8186 { 8187 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand :sign sub-commands */ 8188 EXP_DEFINE, /* expand :sign define {name} args */ 8189 EXP_PLACE, /* expand :sign place {id} args */ 8190 EXP_UNPLACE, /* expand :sign unplace" */ 8191 EXP_SIGN_NAMES /* expand with name of placed signs */ 8192 } expand_what; 8193 8194 /* 8195 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the sign command 8196 * expansion. 8197 */ 8198 char_u * 8199 get_sign_name(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx) 8200 { 8201 sign_T *sp; 8202 int current_idx; 8203 8204 switch (expand_what) 8205 { 8206 case EXP_SUBCMD: 8207 return (char_u *)cmds[idx]; 8208 case EXP_DEFINE: 8209 { 8210 char *define_arg[] = 8211 { 8212 "icon=", "linehl=", "text=", "texthl=", NULL 8213 }; 8214 return (char_u *)define_arg[idx]; 8215 } 8216 case EXP_PLACE: 8217 { 8218 char *place_arg[] = 8219 { 8220 "line=", "name=", "file=", "buffer=", NULL 8221 }; 8222 return (char_u *)place_arg[idx]; 8223 } 8224 case EXP_UNPLACE: 8225 { 8226 char *unplace_arg[] = { "file=", "buffer=", NULL }; 8227 return (char_u *)unplace_arg[idx]; 8228 } 8229 case EXP_SIGN_NAMES: 8230 /* Complete with name of signs already defined */ 8231 current_idx = 0; 8232 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8233 if (current_idx++ == idx) 8234 return sp->sn_name; 8235 return NULL; 8236 default: 8237 return NULL; 8238 } 8239 } 8240 8241 /* 8242 * Handle command line completion for :sign command. 8243 */ 8244 void 8245 set_context_in_sign_cmd(expand_T *xp, char_u *arg) 8246 { 8247 char_u *p; 8248 char_u *end_subcmd; 8249 char_u *last; 8250 int cmd_idx; 8251 char_u *begin_subcmd_args; 8252 8253 /* Default: expand subcommands. */ 8254 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SIGN; 8255 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; 8256 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 8257 8258 end_subcmd = skiptowhite(arg); 8259 if (*end_subcmd == NUL) 8260 /* expand subcmd name 8261 * :sign {subcmd}<CTRL-D>*/ 8262 return; 8263 8264 cmd_idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, end_subcmd); 8265 8266 /* :sign {subcmd} {subcmd_args} 8267 * | 8268 * begin_subcmd_args */ 8269 begin_subcmd_args = skipwhite(end_subcmd); 8270 p = skiptowhite(begin_subcmd_args); 8271 if (*p == NUL) 8272 { 8273 /* 8274 * Expand first argument of subcmd when possible. 8275 * For ":jump {id}" and ":unplace {id}", we could 8276 * possibly expand the ids of all signs already placed. 8277 */ 8278 xp->xp_pattern = begin_subcmd_args; 8279 switch (cmd_idx) 8280 { 8281 case SIGNCMD_LIST: 8282 case SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE: 8283 /* :sign list <CTRL-D> 8284 * :sign undefine <CTRL-D> */ 8285 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; 8286 break; 8287 default: 8288 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8289 } 8290 return; 8291 } 8292 8293 /* expand last argument of subcmd */ 8294 8295 /* :sign define {name} {args}... 8296 * | 8297 * p */ 8298 8299 /* Loop until reaching last argument. */ 8300 do 8301 { 8302 p = skipwhite(p); 8303 last = p; 8304 p = skiptowhite(p); 8305 } while (*p != NUL); 8306 8307 p = vim_strchr(last, '='); 8308 8309 /* :sign define {name} {args}... {last}= 8310 * | | 8311 * last p */ 8312 if (p == NULL) 8313 { 8314 /* Expand last argument name (before equal sign). */ 8315 xp->xp_pattern = last; 8316 switch (cmd_idx) 8317 { 8318 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: 8319 expand_what = EXP_DEFINE; 8320 break; 8321 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: 8322 expand_what = EXP_PLACE; 8323 break; 8324 case SIGNCMD_JUMP: 8325 case SIGNCMD_UNPLACE: 8326 expand_what = EXP_UNPLACE; 8327 break; 8328 default: 8329 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8330 } 8331 } 8332 else 8333 { 8334 /* Expand last argument value (after equal sign). */ 8335 xp->xp_pattern = p + 1; 8336 switch (cmd_idx) 8337 { 8338 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: 8339 if (STRNCMP(last, "texthl", p - last) == 0 || 8340 STRNCMP(last, "linehl", p - last) == 0) 8341 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 8342 else if (STRNCMP(last, "icon", p - last) == 0) 8343 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; 8344 else 8345 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8346 break; 8347 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: 8348 if (STRNCMP(last, "name", p - last) == 0) 8349 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; 8350 else 8351 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8352 break; 8353 default: 8354 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8355 } 8356 } 8357 } 8358 # endif 8359 #endif 8360 8361 /* 8362 * Make the user happy. 8363 */ 8364 void 8365 ex_smile(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 8366 { 8367 static char *code[] = { 8368 "\34 \4o\14$\4ox\30 \2o\30$\1ox\25 \2o\36$\1o\11 \1o\1$\3 \2$\1 \1o\1$x\5 \1o\1 \1$\1 \2o\10 \1o\44$\1o\7 \2$\1 \2$\1 \2$\1o\1$x\2 \2o\1 \1$\1 \1$\1 \1\"\1$\6 \1o\11$\4 \15$\4 \11$\1o\7 \3$\1o\2$\1o\1$x\2 \1\"\6$\1o\1$\5 \1o\11$\6 \13$\6 \12$\1o\4 \10$x\4 \7$\4 \13$\6 \13$\6 \27$x\4 \27$\4 \15$\4 \16$\2 \3\"\3$x\5 \1\"\3$\4\"\61$\5 \1\"\3$x\6 \3$\3 \1o\62$\5 \1\"\3$\1ox\5 \1o\2$\1\"\3 \63$\7 \3$\1ox\5 \3$\4 \55$\1\"\1 \1\"\6$", 8369 "\5o\4$\1ox\4 \1o\3$\4o\5$\2 \45$\3 \1o\21$x\4 \10$\1\"\4$\3 \42$\5 \4$\10\"x\3 \4\"\7 \4$\4 \1\"\34$\1\"\6 \1o\3$x\16 \1\"\3$\1o\5 \3\"\22$\1\"\2$\1\"\11 \3$x\20 \3$\1o\12 \1\"\2$\2\"\6$\4\"\13 \1o\3$x\21 \4$\1o\40 \1o\3$\1\"x\22 \1\"\4$\1o\6 \1o\6$\1o\1\"\4$\1o\10 \1o\4$x\24 \1\"\5$\2o\5 \2\"\4$\1o\5$\1o\3 \1o\4$\2\"x\27 \2\"\5$\4o\2 \1\"\3$\1o\11$\3\"x\32 \2\"\7$\2o\1 \12$x\42 \4\"\13$x\46 \14$x\47 \12$\1\"x\50 \1\"\3$\4\"x" 8370 }; 8371 char *p; 8372 int n; 8373 int i; 8374 8375 msg_start(); 8376 msg_putchar('\n'); 8377 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) 8378 for (p = code[i]; *p != NUL; ++p) 8379 if (*p == 'x') 8380 msg_putchar('\n'); 8381 else 8382 for (n = *p++; n > 0; --n) 8383 if (*p == 'o' || *p == '$') 8384 msg_putchar_attr(*p, HL_ATTR(HLF_L)); 8385 else 8386 msg_putchar(*p); 8387 msg_clr_eos(); 8388 } 8389 8390 /* 8391 * ":drop" 8392 * Opens the first argument in a window. When there are two or more arguments 8393 * the argument list is redefined. 8394 */ 8395 void 8396 ex_drop(exarg_T *eap) 8397 { 8398 int split = FALSE; 8399 win_T *wp; 8400 buf_T *buf; 8401 tabpage_T *tp; 8402 8403 /* 8404 * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window. If 8405 * so, jump to that window. 8406 * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated 8407 * and mostly only one file is dropped. 8408 * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is 8409 * editing a file name with a wildcard character. 8410 */ 8411 set_arglist(eap->arg); 8412 8413 /* 8414 * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list. E.g. when 8415 * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'. Assume that we 8416 * already did an error message for this. 8417 */ 8418 if (ARGCOUNT == 0) 8419 return; 8420 8421 if (cmdmod.tab) 8422 { 8423 /* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't 8424 * edited in a window yet. It's like ":tab all" but without closing 8425 * windows or tabs. */ 8426 ex_all(eap); 8427 } 8428 else 8429 { 8430 /* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument. Jump to an existing 8431 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer 8432 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */ 8433 buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum); 8434 8435 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8436 { 8437 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 8438 { 8439 goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp); 8440 curwin->w_arg_idx = 0; 8441 return; 8442 } 8443 } 8444 8445 /* 8446 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need 8447 * to split the current window or data could be lost. 8448 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the 8449 * buffer won't be lost. 8450 */ 8451 if (!buf_hide(curbuf)) 8452 { 8453 ++emsg_off; 8454 split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD); 8455 --emsg_off; 8456 } 8457 8458 /* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */ 8459 if (split) 8460 { 8461 eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst; 8462 eap->cmd[0] = 's'; 8463 } 8464 else 8465 eap->cmdidx = CMD_first; 8466 ex_rewind(eap); 8467 } 8468 } 8469 8470 /* 8471 * Skip over the pattern argument of ":vimgrep /pat/[g][j]". 8472 * Put the start of the pattern in "*s", unless "s" is NULL. 8473 * If "flags" is not NULL put the flags in it: VGR_GLOBAL, VGR_NOJUMP. 8474 * If "s" is not NULL terminate the pattern with a NUL. 8475 * Return a pointer to the char just past the pattern plus flags. 8476 */ 8477 char_u * 8478 skip_vimgrep_pat(char_u *p, char_u **s, int *flags) 8479 { 8480 int c; 8481 8482 if (vim_isIDc(*p)) 8483 { 8484 /* ":vimgrep pattern fname" */ 8485 if (s != NULL) 8486 *s = p; 8487 p = skiptowhite(p); 8488 if (s != NULL && *p != NUL) 8489 *p++ = NUL; 8490 } 8491 else 8492 { 8493 /* ":vimgrep /pattern/[g][j] fname" */ 8494 if (s != NULL) 8495 *s = p + 1; 8496 c = *p; 8497 p = skip_regexp(p + 1, c, TRUE, NULL); 8498 if (*p != c) 8499 return NULL; 8500 8501 /* Truncate the pattern. */ 8502 if (s != NULL) 8503 *p = NUL; 8504 ++p; 8505 8506 /* Find the flags */ 8507 while (*p == 'g' || *p == 'j') 8508 { 8509 if (flags != NULL) 8510 { 8511 if (*p == 'g') 8512 *flags |= VGR_GLOBAL; 8513 else 8514 *flags |= VGR_NOJUMP; 8515 } 8516 ++p; 8517 } 8518 } 8519 return p; 8520 } 8521 8522 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 8523 /* 8524 * List v:oldfiles in a nice way. 8525 */ 8526 void 8527 ex_oldfiles(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 8528 { 8529 list_T *l = get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES); 8530 listitem_T *li; 8531 int nr = 0; 8532 char_u *fname; 8533 8534 if (l == NULL) 8535 msg((char_u *)_("No old files")); 8536 else 8537 { 8538 msg_start(); 8539 msg_scroll = TRUE; 8540 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL && !got_int; li = li->li_next) 8541 { 8542 ++nr; 8543 fname = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 8544 if (!message_filtered(fname)) 8545 { 8546 msg_outnum((long)nr); 8547 MSG_PUTS(": "); 8548 msg_outtrans(fname); 8549 msg_clr_eos(); 8550 msg_putchar('\n'); 8551 out_flush(); /* output one line at a time */ 8552 ui_breakcheck(); 8553 } 8554 } 8555 8556 /* Assume "got_int" was set to truncate the listing. */ 8557 got_int = FALSE; 8558 8559 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE_CMD 8560 if (cmdmod.browse) 8561 { 8562 quit_more = FALSE; 8563 nr = prompt_for_number(FALSE); 8564 msg_starthere(); 8565 if (nr > 0) 8566 { 8567 char_u *p = list_find_str(get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES), 8568 (long)nr); 8569 8570 if (p != NULL) 8571 { 8572 p = expand_env_save(p); 8573 eap->arg = p; 8574 eap->cmdidx = CMD_edit; 8575 cmdmod.browse = FALSE; 8576 do_exedit(eap, NULL); 8577 vim_free(p); 8578 } 8579 } 8580 } 8581 # endif 8582 } 8583 } 8584 #endif 8585